Search_Willie_Martin_Studies

                                                                                                 Introduction

There is much talk today about an attack on the United States by China, and occasionally we hear of an attack by Russia upon the United States but most of the time the traitorous Judeo-Christian Clergy say in great sounding words that Russia will attack the state in the middle east known as Israel. They make it sound so convincing that we thought, what we believe to be the truth, should be presented to you; instead of the lying propaganda of the Judeo-Christian Clergy and their masters, the children of Satan as Christ said in John 8:44 tell you.

There will be some things that you will say to yourself; “I don’t want to know this stuff, why are they presenting us with this?” or “What good does it do us to know this?” or “Of what use is this information?” Well that may seem like good questions, until you study what is being presented and if you think about it and put them together, you will see how seemingly insignificant and isolated acts of the conspirators finally come together into a cohesive unit; and eventually work together to kill hundreds of thousands if not millions of White Christian Israelites, which the Jews hate.

Therefore because we have a difference of opinion about who the New Jerusalem and who Russia and China is going to attack at the end of the age. We believe it will not be the country in old Palestine called Israel, which is run and controlled by Asknazi Jews form Russia and Eastern Europe. We believe that the battle of Armageddon will be against the United States of America and the other Western Christian nations of the world. This study is enclosed to respectfully present our belief, according to Scripture,  for your inspection and review.                        

Armageddon: Judeo-Christian Belief: A future Russian confederacy will invade old Palestine, igniting the battle of Armageddon.

Biblical Answer: The three principle chapters used to teach a Russian military invasion of Palestine are Daniel 11, Zechariah 14, and Ezekiel 38. Here is a basic question: Will the focus of this cataclysmic end-time battle really be in Palestine, as almost all of the so-called Judeo-Christian ministers, preachers, priests and etc., relate to their people every chance they get: Perhaps the first passage we should dissect is: “And at the time of the end shall the king of the south push at him: and the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow and pass over.” [1]

Let’s look at the words:

  chariots.......

Hebrew #7393: rekeb, reh’-keb; from 7392; a vehicle; by impl. a team; by extens. Cavalry; by analogy a rider, i.e. the upper millstone:-chariot, (upper) millstone, multitude [from the marg.], wagon.

Hebrew #7392: rakab, raw-kab’; a prim. root; to ride (on an animal or in a vehicle; caus. To place upon (foer riding or gen.), to despatch:-bring (on [horse-] back), carry, get [oneself] up, on [horse-] back, put (cause to, make to) ride (in a chariot, on, -r), set.

Horsemen.......

Hebrew #6571: parash, paw-raqsh’; from 6567; a steed (as stretched out to a vehicle, not single nor for mounting [comp. 5483]); also (by impl.) A driver (in a chariot), i.e. (Collect) cavalry:-horseman.

The Geneva Reformers did not consider verse 40 to be an end-of-age event as evidenced by the marginal notes they wrote in the Geneva Bible: “That is, both the Egyptians and the Syrians shall at length fight against the Romans, but they shall be overcome” [2] The “king of the north” is identified here as Rome, the “king of the south” as Egypt and Syria. The fate of the “king of the north” is given in verses 44 and 45: “But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him: therefore he shall go forth with great fury to destroy, and utterly to make away many. And he shall plant the tabernacles of his palace between the seas in the glorious holy mountain; yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.”

The Reformers interpreted these last two verses as follows: “hearing that Crasus was slain, and Antonius discomforted. For Augustus overcame the Parthinians, and recovered that which Antonius had lost. The Romans after this reigned quietly throughout all countries, and from sea to sea, and in Judea: but at length for their cruelty God shall destroy them.” [3]

If Daniel 11 is a past historical event, it would appear that Zechariah 14 and Ezekiel 38 are definitely future end- time events. In Zechariah 14 God intervenes to save His people from an onslaught of united nations: “For I will gather all nations against Jerusalem to battle: and the city shall be taken, and the houses rifled, and the women ravished; and half of the city shall go forth into captivity, and the residue of the people shall not be cut off from the city. Then shall the Lord go forth, and fight against those nations, as when he fought in the day of battle. And his feet shall stand in that day upon the mount of Olives, which is before Jerusalem on the east, and the mount of Olives shall cleave in the valley; and half of the mountain shall remove toward the north, and half of it toward the south.”

The Geneva Reformers also did not interpret the above passage to mean old Jerusalem. In marginal notes c and d they wrote in regard to verses 2 through 4: “By this manner of speech the Prophet sheweth God’s power and care over parts of the world; they shall see Jerusalem, which was before hid with this mountain: and this he meaneth of the spiritual Jerusalem the Church.” Modern Judeo-Christian-Zionists dislike this interpretation.

In the 38th chapter of Ezekiel we have the most vivid and detailed account of the last battle. The adversary is identified as “the chief prince of Meshech,” (verse 2) the term Meshech being the most ancient name for Moscow. At present the nation of Russia appears to the Western Christian Nations as to having fallen into a state of political instability, but, the “Bear” will rise again as prophecy demands.

Russia’s accomplices are listed as Persia, Ethiopia, and Libya, these terms representing the Middle East and Africa (verse 5). Named also  are Gomer and Togarmah which are in Eastern Europe and Southern Russia (verse 6). God says, “Thou shalt ascend and come like a storm, thou shalt be like a cloud to cover the land, thou, and all thy bands, and many people with thee. Thus saith the Lord God; it shall also come to pass, that at the same time shall things come into thy mind, and thou shalt think an evil thought: And thou shalt say, I will go up to the land of unwalled villages; I will go to them that are at rest, that dwell safely.” (Verse 9-11). Notice that the place of conquest is described as a “land of unwalled villages.” This could not possible refer to old Palestine or Europe, both of which have historic traditions of walled cities and villages.

We do find unwalled villages in the North American continent, the envy of the world, and the focus of Armageddon. The Geneva translators wrote regarding Ezekiel 38: “Signifying, that all the people of the world should assemble themselves against the Church of Christ their head.” [4] In verse 22, God comes to the rescue of His people: “And I will plead against him with pestilence and with blood; and I will rain upon him, and upon his bands, and upon the many people that are with him, an overflowing rain, and great hailstones, fire, and brimstone.” [5]

In Ezekiel we find the account of the final destruction of this Antichrist horde: “Thou shalt fall upon the mountains (nations) of Israel, thou, and all thy bands, and the people that is with thee: I will give thee unto the ravenous birds of every sort, and to the beasts of the field to be devoured.”

This end time battle between Christianity and the Antichrist forces of the world is filled to the brim with false teachings, much the same as the so-called “Rapture Theory.”  Which is another of the false teachings which has been brought into Christianity by the Antichrists to mislead Christians and to keep them out of the battle. For if people think they will be raptured out, and that this world is not their own, then they will not object so very much at the attacks of the Antichrists.

The Rapture Theory: The Judeo-Christian Belief: The return of Christ will be in two stages, say the Judeo-Christian teachers of the United States: first, the Christians will be taken up into heaven (raptured) for the duration of the earthly tribulation period; and secondly, after seven years in heaven, they will accompany Christ back to earth.

Biblical Answer: Rapture advocates base their two-phase Advent dichotomy on an alleged inconsistency between the return of Christ as told in Matthew, and His return as told in Revelation. Matthew Chapter 24 relates that at Christ’s coming, people will be “eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage.” (Verse 38)

In contrast, they argue that the return of Christ in Revelation 19 is different, with the world already in a state of devastation. [6] Christ’s return to a merrymaking world, and His return to a devastated world do not match. Therefore, they believe these must be separate events in time, or Christ’s Second Coming in two different stages. Yet the people who believe in this interpretation fail to comprehend at least two important points for obvious reasons: First, the catastrophes that are listed in Revelation 6; war, death, hunger and earthquakes (verses 4, 8 , and 12) plus the plagues of Revelation 11:6 are the same catastrophes as listed in Matthew 24, war, death, famine, earthquake, and pestilence (verses 6-7). Secondly, in Revelation 11 during the Great Tribulation, people are giving gifts to one another! Verse 10 says, “And they that dwell upon the earth shall rejoice over them (the slain two witnesses, verses 3-10), and make merry, and shall send gifts one to another.”

They, of course, do not ever refer to these verses of Scripture because they destroys their favorite money getting false theory: “Wherefore thus saith the Lord God; Behold, I am against your pillows, wherewith ye there hunt the souls to make them fly, and I will tear them from your arms, and will let the souls go, even the souls that ye hunt to make them fly. Your kerchiefs also will I tear, and deliver my people out of your hand, and they shall be no more in your hand to be hunted; and ye shall know that I am the Lord. Because with lies ye have made the heart of the righteous sad, whom I have not made sad; and strengthened the hands of the wicked, that he should not return from his wicked way, by promising him life: therefore ye shall see no more vanity, nor divine divinations: for I will deliver my people out of your hand: and ye shall know that I am the Lord.[7]

         This, of course, is very consistent with the merrymaking in Matthew 24. In conclusion, the return of Jesus in Matthew, and His return in Revelation, both consisting of the same elements, are therefore the same event. Those who believe in the rapture often cite 1 Thessalonians where Paul says: “For the Lord himself shall descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of the archangel, and with the trump of God: and the dead in Christ shall rise first: Then we which are alive and remain shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air: and so shall we ever be with the Lord.”

Many contend that since this passage does not specify Christ as physically touching the earth, it therefore is not describing the actual Second Coming, but instead the rapture. Yet, they fail to explain why this same passage also does not specify anyone going to heaven at all! The word “air” in verse 17 comes form the Greek term “aer” [8] and means “Circumambient.” [9]

The 1828 Webster Dictionary defines the word Circumambient as “the air about the earth.” No one went to theaven of God’s throne. Paul is explaining in this passage the return of Christ and the Resurrection, not a rapture. In Luke Jesus said: “Two men shall be in the filed; the one shall be taken, and the other left.” [10]

The proponents of the rapture will say this means that the one taken is the Christian who is translated to heaven, and the one left on earth is the wicked. They sometimes neglect the very next verse which reads, “And they answered and said unto him, where, Lord? And he said unto them, wheresoever the body is, thither will the eagles be gathered together.” (Verse 37). This corresponds with Revelation 19 where God gathers the fowls of the air to scavenge upon the bodies of the wicked dead, “both small and great.” The one “taken” is the wicked, i.e., the one destroyed. Jesus said in Matthew: “The son of man shall send forth his angels, and they shall gather out of his kingdom all things that offend , and them which do iniquity.” [11]

Most believe that the rapture will be a secret event, and that the Lord will take them “as a thief in the night.” But they don’t take into consideration the changes in times and the actions of men. In Paul’s day, mounted bands of thieves would thunder into an unsuspecting town at night, causing great chaos and calamity. There was nothing secret about it. Paul’s letters to the Thessalonians were not about a secret rapture, but were about the tumultuous Second Coming of Jesus Christ. God will preserve many Christians through tribulation as He preserved Noah and his family through the tribulation of the flood.

In order to be preserved in tribulation we must resolve to do as Jesus said: “But he that shall endure unto the end, the same shall be saved” [12] (Greek “sozo” meaning to “protect”). Christ will protect us upon the earth, if we “endure” here. It is our privilege to suffer for Christ, as Paul wrote in Philippians: “For unto you it is given in the behalf of Christ, not only to believe on him, but also to suffer for his sake.” [13]

In John 17:15 Jesus prayed this for His disciples and those which followed them, “I pray not that thou shouldst take them out of the world, but that thou shouldest keep them from the evil.” Proverbs 10:30 says, “The righteous shall never be removed: but the wicked shall not inhabit the earth.”

The rapture doctrine is a fraudulent escape, mechanism designed to ease Christian anxieties over the coming climactic persecutions. Its greatest harm is that it instills apathy in churchgoers in regard to the moral and social well-being of their country.

The book “Russia And China Will Invade America,”  is an attempt to show you, by means of investigations, documentary evidence of the inner workings of the present movement for World Revolution, leading to World Domination through the New World Order, and is but an age-long and culminating, fanatical effort on the part of the Overshadowing Power - presently known as The Learned Elders of Zion, through their many secret organizations, such as the Illuminati.

Whatever the ideas on the Messianic era and the true destiny of man may have been, the following account of mysticism and magic, written from 1823-1825 by Hoëné Wronski, might well be an actual picture of world conditions today under the influence of similar mystic and secret societies, far more numerous and influential than the public imagine, through which the Invisible Center is again seeking to direct and dominate the nations and the world.

In his "Traité méthodique de magic Pratique," Papus, the well-known occultist and cabalist, Dr. Gerard Encausse, writes:  "A learned initiate and encyclopedist, Hoëné Wronski, in a work which is almost unobtainable today, L'Apodictique Messianique, has given an analysis of magic and its origins, as well as its results, which merits a close study on the part of serious inquirers. We hope therefore to render service to such by reproducing the whole of the section devoted to mysticism and magic."[14]

Briefly, Wronski states that the aim of Mystic Associations is "Participation in Creation," and the physical end is "Direction of the Destinies of the Earth." This mysticism "consists of the mystic limitation of the absolute reality (universal life-force or energy), forming in general the neutralization of this negative and positive energy," a form of magnetic polarization, creating the etheric link; for this reason these societies cultivate supernatural sentiments and arts such as..."Hermetic Philosophy, Alchemy, the Great Work or Stone of the Philosopher, the Panacea, Magnetic-healing, Regeneration, etc., and certain mysteries of physical generation, etc." Being unable to discover scientifically, by reason, the destinies of the earth, they profess to foresee it by a "Cabalistic interpretation...of the traditions of the Holy Scriptures;" then they seek to direct these destinies by means of special missions given to chosen men in all ranks of society. Of Secret Societies, he says: "As the supernatural efforts made by the Mystic Association to take part in creation can neither be practiced nor discussed publicly...and being equally debarred from openly directing the destinies of the earth as Government would oppose it, this mysterious association can perforce only act through Secret Societies. Thus actually it is in the heart of mysticism that all secret societies, which have existed, and still ext, on our globe, are born, and which, controlled from this mysterious source, have dominated and notwithstanding Government, continue to dominate the world. Their secret societies, armed when needed, are detached into groups distinct and apparently opposed, professing respectively and in turn the most contrary opinions of the day, so as to direct, apart and with confidence, all parties, political, religious, economic, and literary. They, in order to receive common direction, and are again united to an unknown center, where this powerful source is hidden which seeks this invisible to control all earthly scepters...and without doubt all these secret societies are themselves, through the skill of certain of their chiefs, controlled and directed according to the ideas and orders of an Unknown Supreme Committee who governs the world." [15]

     Freemasons, Applied or Political. "Pure or speculative Masonry is properly only the great nursery from which all mystic associations choose their high chiefs (epoptes)...Also the grades of initiation are so arranged that the great part of Freemasons, far from doubting the aim of their affiliation, see in it only an object of mutual pleasure and goodwill. Only those who have been tested are admitted into the higher grades, and it is from among the latter that the different branches of applied Freemasonry are formed, whose aim is manifestly to realize, by deeds and according to circumstances, the liberal mystic speculations of Freemasonry. Thus in our day have been successfully formed the Nocturnal Chapters of Ruel and Passy, the Lodge of the Contrat-social, the Philadelphes, the Carbonari, the Tugend-Bund, the Burschaften, the Comuneros, etc. (This does not apply to British Masonry)."[16]

     Reciprocal Influences between the Visible and Invisible. (Etheric Link). The Illuminati (Illuminism). "The name Illuminati (not Wissende)...appears to have been introduced only about 1775 by the secret society which was founded by Weishaupt, and developed, it is said, by Baron Knigge. But...it must have existed from the greatest antiquity. And actually the mystic affiliations under the Pyramids of Egypt, the esoteric sect of Pythagoras, the astrologers or mathematicians of Rome in the time of Domintian, the house of Wisdom of Cairo, the Ismilis or Assassins, Companions of the Old Man of the Mountain, the Templars, the Rose-Croix...appear to form but an uninterrupted chain of these superior affiliations...under the name of Illuminés."[17]

The Directing Power - the Invisibles or Earthly Beings (Masters working on the Astral). "Once only have these Invisibles shown themselves to men, that was when, at the terrible Secret Tribunal - seeing that all the powers of earth, ministers, princes, and even sovereigns themselves begged the favor of being admitted to this formidable affiliation - these invisible Chiefs believed that at last they had conquered the earth, and they dared, so to say, to give away the secret by openly showing the way in which they intended to govern the world...These earthly beings do not appear today, but it is they who form the Supreme Committee from which emanate the orders which rule all secret societies, and in this Committee the ancient Book of Records ever remains open..."  (Here we have the 'Supreme and Invisible Hierarchy of Cabalistic Jews' - Today known as the Learned Elders of Zion). [18]

Here is the Oath administered to the Illuminati: "In the name of the son crucified (the Pentagram, the illuminised man), swear to break the bonds which still bind you to your father, mother, brothers, sisters, wife, relatives, friends, mistresses, kings, chiefs, benefactors, and all persons to whomsoever you may have promised faith, obedience, and service. Name and curse the place where you were born, so that you may dwell in another sphere, to which you will attain only after having renounced the pestilential globe, vile refuse of the heavens! From this moment you are free from the so-called oath to country and laws: swear to reveal to the new chief, recognized by you, what you may have seen or done, intercepted, read or heard, learned or surmised, and also seek for and spy out what your eyes cannot discern. Honor and respect the Azua Tofana as a sure, prompt, and necessary means of purging the globe by death of those who seek to vilify the truth and seize it from our hands. Fly from Spain, Naples, and all accursed land; finally fly from the temptation to reveal what you may hear, for the thunder is no prompter than the knife, which awaits you in whatsoever place you may be. Live in the name of the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit (They are speaking here, not of God the Father, Son and Holy Ghost - but instead is speaking of the Trinity of Illuminism - Cabalistic and Gnostic. The Father - the generating fire; the Holy Spirit - the Great Mother Nature, reproducing all things; the Son - the manifestation, the vital fluid, the astral light of Illuminism. It is a perversion of Christian symbolism - just as the Masons do to confuse and deceive Christians)."[19]

The reason for Wronski's exposure of these sects was to show the appalling spread of Illuminism at that time and its diabolical plan of destruction. Mrs. Nesta Webster, in her "Secret Societies and Subversive Movements," tells us that about 872 A.D., an Ismaili, Abdullah ibn Maymûn, brought up on the doctrines of Gnostic Dualism, a pure materialist, formed a sect known as the Batinis, whose project was thus described by Dozy in Spanish Islam. "To unite in the form of a vast secret society with many degrees of initiation, free-thinkers (atheists)...and bigots of all sects; to make tools of believers in order to give power to skeptics...to build up a party, numerous, compact, and disciplined, which in due time would give the throne, if not to himself, at least to his descendants...The means which he adopted were devised with diabolical cunning...

It was... not among the She-its that he sought his true supporters, but among the Ghebers, the Maciheans, the pagans of Harran, and the students of Greek philosophy; on the last alone could he rely, to them alone could he gradually unfold the final mystery, and reveal that imams, religions, and morality were nothing but an imposture and an absurdity...but he took care to initiate devout and lowly souls only in the first grades of the sect. His missionaries, who were inculcated with the idea that their first duty was to conceal their true sentiments and adapt themselves to the views of their auditors..In the presence of the devout they assumed the mask of virtue and piety. With mystics they were mystical, and unfolded the inner meanings of phenomena, or explained allegories and the figurative sense of the allegories themselves...By means such as these the extra-ordinary result was brought about that a multitude of men of diverse beliefs were all working together for an object known only to a few of them..."[20]

Here we have the system not only of Weishaupt but of all secret subversive societies of today, as later we hope to make plain. Again, in 1090 Hasan Saba, called "the Illuminator," founded the sect of the "Assassins" at Alamut in Persia on the Caspian Sea. He adopted the methods of Maymûn, adding to them wholesale assassinations of those who opposed him. He also used as his groundwork the organization of the Grand Lodge of Cairo. His was a "system of organized murder on a basis of religious fervor." As von Hammer said, "'Nothing is true and all is allowed' was the ground of their secret doctrine, which, however, being imparted but to few, and concealed under the veil of the most austere religionism and piety, restrained the mind under the yoke of blind obedience." Their secret doctrines were eventually revealed by the leaders themselves. And von Hammer again said: "In the annals of the Assassins is found the chronological enumeration of celebrated men of all nations who have fallen victims of the Ismailis..." And again: "Poison and the dagger prepared the grave which the Order had opened for so many," and so Hasan and his Grand Masters were in turn assassinated by their next-of-kin. [21]

The Templars' self-appointed rôle was, "We shall be the equilibrium o the Universe, arbiters and Masters of the World." [22] In the March issue of the occult "Revue Internationale des Sociétés Secrètes," began a French translation of the two most important collections of the original documents relating to the Bavarian Illuminati of Weishaupt: "(1) Einige Originalschriften des Illuminaten-ordens. Munich, 1786. (2) Nachtrag von weitern Originalschriften, welche die Illuminaten-secte...betreffen en 2 parties, Munich, 1787."

Speaking of the occultists of Haute Maconnerie of the eighteenth century, the R.I.S.S. writes: "These Illuminés of France, with Martinez Paschalis, the unknown philosopher, Pernetty, and the whole school, which has left such deep roots in Lyons and its surroundings; the Illuminati of Bavaria, with Weishaupt and his accomplices. It was in these secret Lodges that the French Revolution was conceived and prepared; today it is in the Temples of the same Order, cabalistic and Satanist, that the World Revolution has germinated and ripened...The plans of yesterday will better assist us to grasp the intention and methods of today."[23]

The documents are described: "Some Original Writings of the Order of the Iluminati which were found at the House of Zwach, former Councillor of Government, in the domiciliary visit carried out at Landshut, October 11-12, 1786. The present collection has been published by the Supreme order of His Highness the Elector in order to convince the public of this and foreign countries of the undoubted falsity of the reasons given for the ceaseless outcry from the Illuminati against the injustice, violence, and prosecution to which they are subjected in Bavaria, and also at the same time to put them on their guard against this epidemic sect, and against all other such illegal and clandestine societies. For these merely set themselves to deceive credulous people and get money out of them - and in place of spreading truth and morality, as they profess to do, absolutely ruin the latter and suppress or completely falsify the former. If anyone doubts the authenticity of this collection, let them present themselves at the secret archives of this town, where orders have been given to show the originals. Munich, March 26, 1787." [24]

In one document Zwach speaks of the proposal to form a woman's order, to consist of two classes, each constituting a separate society, each remaining unknown to the other: one class of virtuous women, a means of obtaining money, secret information, and benefits for the real Order; the other of light women, to satisfy the passions of F.M. so inclined. "Both should be kept in ignorance that they are directed by the men's Order." [25]

Of their camouflaged and supposed aim Spartacus (Adam Weishaupt) writes: "As in the past, the future aim of the order remains, to interest man in bringing to perfection his mind and moral character; to develop humane and social sentiments, to oppose wicked designs in the world, to fight against injustice, to help the unfortunate and oppressed, to encourage men of merit who are useful to the Order, and to spread knowledge of the sciences; and they are faithfully and solemnly assured that this is the real and not merely the supposed aim of the society. That it is vain to hope to gain greater power and riches by entering this Order." 

The scheme of this Order is apparently to form a united machine absolutely controlled by the Superiors, who alone know its true aim. For this purpose there must be complete harmony among its members, no hatred, no jealousy, no unworthy egoism; having one spirit, one consideration, and one will!

To help to bring about this desired orientation, a special list of books is prescribed upon which the members must build up their outlook. "The society cannot use men as they are; they must be shaped according to the use that is to be made of them." Here we have the same sinister methods as found in all similar societies of today!

Weishaupt further writes that the adept must learn the art of dissimulation, observing and probing others. Discovering secrets he must disclose them to the Superiors, who in turn promise not to make use of the information unless permitted by the informer! "The order exacts complete submission in whatsoever concerns the affairs of the Order. They must practice perfect circumspection and discretion with regard to the world outside. Silence and secrecy constitute the soul of the Order," and even the Frater's grade is kept secret, save with equals, among whom there are signs for recognition.

As to the true aim of this Order, a document drawn up by Zwach shows its political progress for one year in Bavaria - Jesuits removed from all professorial chairs, and entirely cleared out of Ingolstadt University; penetration by F.M. of the Church, control of German schools, charitable societies, and other university chairs. "On the recommendation of the Fratres, Pylade has become treasurer of the Ecclesiastical Council, and in this way the Order has the revenues of the Church at its disposal."  Thus it was able to assist the Fratres and save some of them from the clutches of money-lenders!

Again: "The widowed Duchess has organized the Institute of Cadets absolutely according tot he plan indicated by the Order; all the professors are members of the Order...and all the pupils become adepts of the Order. We will draw to us all the young priests of the Bartholomew endowment...there is every chance that we may in this way be able to provide all Bavaria with instructed priests."

Also among the documents were various recipes - "One for Aqua Toffana, a poison imperceptibly slow but deadly." Another to bring about abortion; and yet another concerning herbs having deleterious properties.

The Initiation took place after one, two, or three years of probation. In the "Revers de silentio," a form signed by the candidate before the initiation, submission and silence is promised, and he is assured that there is in the Society nothing contrary to "State, morals, or religion." Before the Oath is administered it is said; a sword pointed at the breast: "Shouldst thou become a traitor or perjurer, let this sword remind thee of each and all the members in arms against thee. Do not hope to find safety; whithersoever thou mayest fly, shame and remorse as well as the vengeance of thine unknown brothers will torture and pursue thee." [26]

Then in the Oath which follows he swears: "eternal silence, and faithfulness and everlasting obedience to all superiors and regulations of the Order. I also renounce my own personal views and opinions as well as all control of my powers and capacities. I promise also to consider the well-being of the Order as my own, and I am ready, as long as I am a member, to serve it with my goods, my honor, and my life...If I act against the rules and well-being of the Society, I will submit myself to the penalties to which my superiors may condemn me..." [27]

He received a classical name, by which he was henceforth known in the Order. He was required also to keep all things appertaining to the Order in a special place, having a label attached with the address of his superior, to whom the box had to be sent in case of his sudden death. In one of the recipes is found the description of such a box which, when opened by an uninitiated person, would at once bust into flames! To such an extent was secrecy and silence demanded! After the breaking up of his Order Weishaupt and his followers still secretly carried on their intrigues, for by 1789 the 266 Lodges controlled by the Grand Orient Freemasonry were all Illuminized unbeknown to the large majority of the members, and a few months later the French Revolution of that date eventuated. In 1794 the Duke of Brunswick, Grand Master of German Freemasonry, issued a Manifesto to all the Lodges showing how Masonry had been penetrated by this International Sect, and suggesting, for a time, suppression of all Freemasonry until it was freed form this unseen canker. It said: "A great sect arouse, which, taking for its motto the good and happiness of man, worked in the darkness of the conspiracy to make the happiness of humanity a prey for itself. This sect is known to everyone: its brothers are known no less than its name. It is they who have undermined the foundations of the Order (Freemasonry) to the point of complete overthrow; it is by them that all humanity has been poisoned and led astray for several generations. The ferment that reigns amongst the peoples is their work. They founded the plans of their insatiable ambition on the political pride of nations. Their founders arranged to introduce this pride into the heads of the peoples. They began by casting odium on religion...They invented the rights of man, which it is impossible to discover even in the book of Nature, and they urged the people to wrest from their princes the recognition of these supposed rights. The plan they formed for breaking all social ties and of destroying all order was revealed in all their speeches and acts. They deluged the world with a multitude of publications; they recruited apprentices of every rank and in every position; they deluded the most perspicacious men by falsely alleging different intentions. They sowed in the hearts of youth the seed of covetousness, and they excited it with the bait of the most insatiable passions. Indomitable pride, thirst of power, such were the only motives of this sect; their masters had nothing less in view than the thrones of the earth, and the government of the nations was to be directed by their nocturnal clubs. This is what has been done and is still being done. But we notice that princes and people are unaware how and by what means this is being accomplished..." [28]

Later, a law was passed, as a result of all this, by the English Parliament in 1799, prohibiting all secret societies with the exception of Freemasonry. Today, it is said, these secret societies are still illegal, and although some call themselves semi-public, an oath of secrecy is still required by their chiefs, concerning the most important and secret teachings, relating, more especially, to contact with the mysterious controlling power on the astral plane.

According to Monsignor Dillon, 1885: "Had Weishaupt not lived, Masonry might have ceased to be a power after the reaction consequent on the French Revolution. He gave it a form and character which caused it to outlive that reaction to energize to the present day, and which will cause it to advance until its final conflict with Christianity must determine whether Christ or Satan shall reign on this earth to the end." [29]

Was Weishaupt not merely the tool of another and more formidable Sect? Of this "Overshadowing Power," which is the life, as it were, of Illuminism, we are told in "The Victories of Israel," by Roger Lambelin: "Joseph de Maistre who was, one knows, a Freemason of fairly high grade, noted the influence exercised by the Jews. In 1811, examining the causes of the French Revolution, in a letter written to his King form St. Petersburg, he says: 'The power of this sect oriented by Jewry, to bewitch Governments, is one of the most terrible and most extraordinary phenomena that have been seen in the world.'" [30]

Again, Bernard Lazare, the Jewish writer, affirms: "it is certain that there were Jews even at the cradle of Freemasonry - Cabalistic Jews, as is proved by certain exiting rites; very probably during the years which preceded the French Revolution they entered in still greater numbers into the councils of the society, and themselves founded secret societies. There were Jews round Weishaupt; and Martinez de Pasqualis, a Jew of Portuguese origin, organized numerous illuminised groups in France, and recruited many adepts, whom he initiated into the doctrine of reintegration (regeneration).

The Martinist Lodges were mystic, whilst the other Orders of Freemasonry were rather rationalist, which proves that secret societies represented the two sides of the Jewish mind - practical rationalism and pantheism; that pantheism which, while a metaphysical reflection of a belief in the One God, ends at times in a Cabalistic Theurgy." [31]

And of the Jewish aspirations he writes: “The Jew is also a builder (this is an outright lie, the Jews have never built anything worth while, they can only invent things which maim, torture, and kill); proud, ambitious, domineering, he tries to draw everything to himself. He is not satisfied with de-Christianizing, he Judaises; he destroys the Catholic or Protestant faith, he provokes indifference, but he imposes his idea of the world, of morals, and of life upon those whose faith he ruins; he works at his age-old task - the annihilation of the religion of Christ!"

And M. Roger Lambelin adds: "They are the ferments of revolution in all ethnic groups foreign to their race." [32]

Further, Rabbi Benamozegh says: "Is it surprising that Judaism has been accused of forming a branch of Freemasonry? What is certain is that masonic theology is only theosophy at bottom, and corresponds to that of the Cabala...Those who will take the trouble to examine with care the connection between Judaism and philosophic Freemasonry, theosophy, and the mysteries in general...will cease to smile in pity at the suggestion that Cabalistic theology may have a rôle to play in the religious transformations of the future...It contains the key to the modern religious problem." [33]

This is borne out by a speech, "Given by Senator Joseph McCarthy, six months before his mouth was closed forever: George Washington's surrender: 'And many of the people of the land became Jews.' [34] The confession of General Cornwallis to General Washington at Yorktown has been well hidden by historians. History books and text books have taught for years that when Cornwallis surrendered his army to General Washington that American independence came, and we lived happily ever after until the tribulations of the twentieth century.

  Jonathan Williams recorded in his Legions of Satan, 1781, that Cornwallis revealed to Washington that 'a holy war will now being in America, and when it is ended America will be supposedly the citadel of freedom, but her millions will unknowingly be loyal subjects to the Crown.' Cornwallis went on to explain what would seem to be a self contradiction: 'Your churches will be used to teach the Jew's religion and in less than two hundred years the whole nation will be working for divine world government. That government they believe to be divine will be the British Empire [under the control of the Jews]. All religions will be permeated with Judaism without even being noticed by the masses, and they will all be under the invisible all-seeing eye of the Grand Architect of Freemasonry [Lucifer - as Albert Pike disclosed in Morals and Dogma].' And indeed George Washington was a Mason, and he gave back through a false religion what he had won with his army." [35]

Cornwallis well knew that his military defeat was only the beginning of World Catastrophe that would be universal and that unrest would continue until mind control could be accomplished through a false religion. What he predicted has come to pass!!! Of that, there is no longer any doubt. A brief study of American religious history will show that Masonry and Judaism has infused into every church in America their veiled Phallic Religion. Darby and the Plymouth Brethren brought a Jewish Christianity to America. Masons Rutherford and Russell [both Jews] started Jehovah Witnesses' in order to spread Judaism throughout the world under the guise of Christianity.

  In an interesting book, "Les Jifs et le Talmud," by M. Flavien Bernier, we find some light thrown on this Pantheistic creed of the Cabalistic Jews and the "Deified Man" of Illuminism. He wrote in 1913: "Now the dominating philosophic doctrine among learned Chaldeans...was absolute Pantheism. In the vast Temple which is the Universe, the learned Chaldeans suppressed the Creator...Everything was cause and effect; the world was uncreated and itself became its own God. Even the idea of Divinity was confounded with Universal Harmony which regulated all things, and with each of the things it regulated. God was therefore in turn, and as a whole, Earth nourisher of man, the dew which fertilized it, the Sun which gave light and heat, the wind which carried the fertilizing pollen of vegetation; god was the life principle which perpetuated the species, human and animal; which caused plants to germinate, grow, die, and spring into life again, which manifested even in apparently inanimate bodies. Identified as a kind of breath of Nature, uncreated and eternal. God emanated from the world not the world from God.

It is realizable that such a system, which bears the imprint of a bizarre but undeniable poetry, would, in all ages, have the power to seduce the human mind. It would seduce it all the more that the system had, as immediate result, the increase of human pride in the cult of the 'Deified Man.'

In effect, if no Supreme Being as distinct from Nature was imposed over the latter by right of creation, if all things had in some manner an intelligence or soul, and if God was merely the sum of all these conscious or unconscious souls of the Universe, a hierarchy would necessarily exist among these souls of which each was a part of God, but which could only contain God in a very unequal manner. The divine principle would find itself distributed in less abundance in a stone than in a tree, which lives, breathes, grows, and dies; in a tree than in an animal, which thinks, perceives, and acts; in an animal than in a man who meditates on the past and future, solves the problem of Nature, corrects the latter's imperfections by his labor and ingenuity, and seeks to perfect himself indefinitely. At the summit of the ladder of beings Man, much more perfect and more intelligent than any of the others, evidently absorbed the greatest amount of the divine essence of which the Universe is composed. Having emptied the heavens of any being superior to himself, he was in truth God of the World, where all were apparently inferior and subordinate to him." [36]

In a footnote the author adds: "Those of our readers who are familiar with the works of Hermetic Freemasonry will at once recognize the favorite ideas of the pontiffs of that sect, ideas which they have inherited from the alchemists of the Middle Ages, who held them from the Cabalistic Jews. The same may be said of the cult of the 'Deified Man,' which was the basis of Chaldean Pantheism, and which has remained that of Occultism, ancient and modern.

Certain traditions give to Zoroaster, a Jewish Prophet, as Master...But, on the other hand, Chaldean thought acted powerfully upon orthodox Judaism and determined the growth of a sect in its midst which was to transform Israel...This sect was that of the 'Pharisees.'...What they borrowed (from the Chaldeans) in fact...was the essence of the Pantheistic doctrine...It was then that was formed from these borrowings that Kabbalah of the Pharisees which was for long transmitted orally from Master to disciple, and was, 800 years later, to inspire the compilation of the Talmud, and found its completest expression in the 'Sepher ha Zohar.'...This religion of the 'Deified Man,' with which they were impregnated in Babylon, was only conceived as benefitting the Jew, superior and predestined being...The promise of universal domination found in the Law by the orthodox Jew was not interpreted by the Pharisees in the sense of the reign of the God of Moses over the Nations, but in the sense of a material domination which would be imposed by the Jews over the Universe. The expected Messiah...was to be a temporal King, all bloody from battle, who would make Israel master of the world and trample all peoples under the wheel of His chariot." [37]

Have not here the basis of the teachings in all these Orders and groups, mystic and occult, of the present time - the cult of the life-force, the I.A.O., the "Serpent Power," the all-pervading ether?

  And have we not also the key to the Cabalistic Jews, in these Pharisees of old and of today; these so-called "Divine Guardians" working behind and through these secret Orders, who profess to teach the doctrine of the deification of the adept, but who in very truth create Illuminized slaves controlled by the Cabalistic Jew, who claims to be the "Deified Man" - as M. Bernier says, "the God-people" rather than the "People of God."

In the "Patriot," March 7, 1929, we find some interesting material in connection with Secret Societies and the French Revolution; it says:  "In 1910 there was published a very remarkable book, entitled 'Marie-Antoinette et le Complot Maçonnique.' It was written by M. Louis Dasté, an eruite historian, who had spent a great deal of time in examining published and unpublished documents throwing light on the part played by secret societies in preparing the French Revolution...The extracts show, among other things, how anti-Christian and revolutionary ideas were circulated by bodies ostensibly engaged in educating the French people. Behind these bodies was French Freemasonry, which was and is, unlike our own Freemasonry, anti-Christian, political, and revolutionary." [38]

We quote the following extracts showing their methods: "At the beginning of the eighteenth century France was still fervently attached to her religious and political traditions; at the end of that century she broke - or rather a secret influence made her break - with all of them. What was this secret influence? It was in every case the influence of Freemasonry...For more than half a century the Freemasons had, in fact, been secretly preparing the mine, whose explosion in 1789 wrecked the old France...From 1750 onwards Reading Societies were started in most of the towns in France. Like the Free Thought Societies of the present day, they were under the control of Freemasons...Members of these societies who had been the most easily caught by the masonic bait, and who, in addition, possessed literary talent, were admitted into groups of a higher degree, the societies called 'Academic.'...Like the Reading Societies, the Academic Societies were secretly directed by Freemasons...who provided the money spent either on prizes given for anti-Christian pamphlets or on the printing and publishing of them...Finally, above the Reading and the Academic Societies were the so-called Societies of Action, which were neither more nor less than exteriorisations of Masonic Lodges... The work which the Reading and Academic Societies did in conjunction with the Lodges controlling them was as deadly as it was simple. Under the influences of these groups of Masons and their helpers, luke-warm Catholics gradually became unbelievers, and finally fanatical anti-Christians...Freemasonry first infected the King's ministers and the high functionaries; then magistrates of every kind; lastly the Church of France itself...Thanks, therefore, to their ignorance of the Masonic danger and to their semi-complicity with the enemy, the two d'Argensons, Maurepas, and St. Florentin allowed the Freemasons of the eighteenth century to destroy the Christian monarchy of France..." [39]

In the "Revue Internationale des Sociétés Secrètes" there was an article on "Revolution, Terror, and Freemasonry," which explained the connection of Grand Orient Freemasonry with the French Revolution and its present-day aim at a "World Republic" Universal Freemasonry: “In 1789 the revolutionary crimes were prepared by the Committee of Propaganda of the Lodge Les Amis réunis, and the plan of 'The Terror' is due to one of its most influential members, the Jacobin Freemason, Adrien Duport (who when questioned as to his plan said)...'Now, it is only by means of terror that one can place oneself at the head of a revolution in a way to govern it...It is therefore necessary, whatever repugnance you may have, to resign oneself to the sacrifice of some remarked persons.'...Instructions in conformity with the plan were given to the principal agents of the department of insurrections which was already organized, and to which Adrien Duport was no stranger; execution followed quickly. The massacre of de Launay, de Flesselles, Foulon, and Berthier, and their heads paraded on pikes, were the first effects of this philanthropic conspiracy.

In 1922 the Orator of the Grand Lodge (France) said: 'My brother Masons, my hope is that Freemasonry, which has done so much for the emancipation of men, and to which history owes the national revolutions, will also know how to make that greatest revolution, which will be the International Revolutions.'"

  Speaking of subversive propaganda at that time, Arthur Young, in his "Travels in France and Italy" (Young, in Paris at the opening of the French Revolution, was one of the acutest observers o the eighteenth century) writes: "June 29, 1789. Will posterity believe that while the Press has swarmed with inflammatory productions that tend to prove the blessings of theoretical confusion and speculative licentiousness, not one writer of talent has been employed to refute and confound the fashionable doctrines, nor the least care taken to disseminate works of another complexion?" [40]

Does the above not apply equally to the present "World Revolution," engineered by the same hidden and "formidable Sect?" How many dare or will publish the bedrock truth?

Let us now study the present aims of Grand Orient Freemasonry as shown by their own records. It is a Judeo-Masonic body, political and revolutionary, working for World Domination.

In "La Dictature de la Franc-Maçonnerie sur la France," M.A.G. Michel exposes some of these machinations: "It is the duty of universal Freemasonry to co-operate absolutely with the League of Nations in order that it may no longer have to submit to the interested influences of Government. [41]

The principal tasks of the League of Nations consist in the organization of peace, the abolition of secret diplomacy, the application of the right of peoples to self-determination, the establishment of commercial relations inspired by the principle of Free Trade, the repartition of basic matters, the regulation of transport, restoration of normal relations between national devices, and the creation of an International note; the development of international legislation of labor, and especially the participation of an organized working-class in international councils; the spread of a general pacifist education based notably on the extension of an international language (Esperanto!); the creation of a European spirit, of a League of Nations patriotism - in brief, the formation of the United States of Europe, or rather World Federation. [42]

Affirms that this Assembly (League of Nations) must evolve in a democratic sense and rapidly admit representatives of all nations; declare that the new establishment must assure equality of nations; report with satisfaction the creation of a Bureau of International Labor as a permanent organ of the League of Nations . [43]

The Commission demands that the Convention should unanimously vote that in all manner of cases the League of Nations shall henceforth have supreme authority to decide between peoples and Governments. [44]

Further, it demands that the League of Nations, in order to assure the execution of its decisions, should be endowed with a permanent armed force placed under its sole authority, diminishing by so much the different national armies. [45]

The Federal Organization of Peoples implies the establishment of an Over-State, or super-national State, invested with three powers - executive, legislative, and judicial; that is to say, possessing the three organs indispensable to all constituted society, a Government, a Parliament, and a Court of Justice. The Court of Justice must be furnished with a penal code, civil code, and a code of international procedure. The international authority must be sanctioned by an army or international police. To disarm separate States and arm the Federation of United States, these are two phases of the same progress. [46]

Studies through the League of Nations to create an International Bank based on the mobilization of invested (foncière) property, public or private. [47]

Leading to a program of Universal Masonic Dictatorship:

I). Policy of Destruction (Solve of Illuminised Masonry): Destruction of the Church. Revolution.

II). Reconstruction of a new regime (Coagula of Illuminised Masonry):  (a) Economic and social; (b) financial and fiscal reform; © socialization of individuals.

III). Universal Masonry: 'This International Revolution is for tomorrow the work of Freemasonry. [48] 'Three Revolutions, 1789, 1871, 19--'” [49]

The Grand Orient penetration of many groups is explained by the following extracts from the same document: “Masonry must be felt everywhere, but must be found nowhere. [50] We are forming a great Association, dumb to the outside world, whose sole endeavor will be to express ideas collectively and overrun the country with them...we must earnestly endeavor to make our thoughts penetrate the whole mass...but our whole satisfaction will come from that which our ideas germinate. [51]

An active propaganda is urgent, so that Freemasonry shall again become the inspirer, the sovereign mistress of the ideas through which democracy is to be brought to perfection...To influence social elements by spreading widely the teaching received within the Institution. [52]

Sports societies, Boy Scouts, art circles, choral and instrumental groups. All organizations which attract Republican youth to works of education, physical and intellectual. There are so many fertile fields where Masonic propaganda ought most usefully to be exercised. Everywhere add to these adult courses, wherever there is any chance of them being taken up and frequented, libraries, etc. [53]

Freemasonry is not exactly international, it is universal; it is a society non-national, a society of 'humanity' - not a society of international brotherhood, but a society of Universal Brotherhood.” [54]

The Grand Orient was founded in 1772, formed a coalition with the Grand Chapter in 1786, and became a body both subversive and dangerous. By 1789, we have seen, it was illuminised just previous to the Revolution. It is therefore illuminised esoteric masonry, largely dominated by Jews, and its aim is political power. Their god is the Creative Principle, and they look upon God the Creator as a myth. On the other hand, the British masons are exoteric, non-political, and philanthropic, and they believe in God as the Great Architect of the Universe. For these reasons in March 1878 they broke off relations with the Grand Orient.

Many of these secret and pseudo-public societies, which are to be discussed later, are affiliated directly or indirectly to the Grand Orient, and are, as it will be seen, subversive.

  Anyone who has at all considered the matter must realize that no movement which as the present World Revolution, with all its intricacies, could gain the proportions which it has very evidently done unless there was a means of cohesion and a powerful central mind directing the whole. What the late Bishop of Dijon has said of the Jews in his book "Les Pharisiens d'autrefois at Ceux d'aujourd'hui," might well be said of the above movement. He writes: "But, in order that these colonies of Jews, so widely scattered as they are among such different races, under such dissimilar rule, buried among hostile masses, and without any apparent link, should have nevertheless succeeded in preserving their original characteristics, always the same ideals, everywhere the same mentality, the same ideas, a perfect similarity, it is indispensable that they should have some invisible uniting link, a common mind, a head, in a word a central government, and that government can only be an occult government." [55]

In a footnote to the same book, and speaking of Grand Orient Freemasonry, he says: "In the Lodges the discussions are not for the purpose of getting at the truth, but their aim is action. What matters is not a connected and real opinion corresponding to the convictions of each as a whole, but a collective and practiced opinion, the result of a prearranged understanding for an interested end. They do not search for it by means of study as the philosophers do; they suggest and impose it...One is not forced to enter Masonry, but once in, the adept must take on the spirit of Masonry - it is 'initiation.' They set themselves to infuse him with it in order to orient him. But if each mason personally oriented, so also is each group, unbeknown to themselves, by the higher groups, in such a way that, because of the impossibility of seeing what leads them or where they are being led to, they believe themselves free, whereas in fact they are oriented or directed by this 'Mysterieux Moteur Central, known to us alone' says the author of that strange book The Jewish Peril." [56]

The same secret system will be found in all Illuminized secret societies of today, which are all ruled and directed by some mysterious hidden center.

Speaking of his own system, Weishaupt says that he forms his ranks "out of men who would submit to be led blindly onwards by unseen directors."  He says: "One must show how easy it would be for one clever head to direct hundreds and thousands of men. I have two immediately below me into whom I breathe my whole spirit, and each of these two has again two others, and so on. In this way I can set a thousand men in motion and on fire in the simplest manner, and in this way one must impart orders and operate on politics." [57]

This is Weishaupt's system, but what of the mysterious central power? It is not this book's purpose to prove or disprove "the Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion," which have been somewhat unconvincingly pronounced by Philip Graves, in "The Times" of August 16-18, 1921, and again in 1923 in his book "Palestine the Land of Three Faiths," to be plagiarized in parts from Maurice Joly's revolutionary pamphlet, "Dialogues aux Enfers" and in part supplied by the Okhrana or Tzarist secret police. What interests us, however, is that Mr. Graves admits that the same ideas and methods as expressed in the Protocols and the aforesaid pamphlet underlie all revolutions: "The French Terrorists, the Napoleons, the Turkish Chiefs of the Committee of Progress and Union, Lenin and his adherents." And of the Jews he says: "Do not these facts sufficiently explain why the Eastern Jews have been to a great extent the driving force of the Russian Bolshevik Revolution, intensifying its fanatical bitterness against Tzar, Church and Capital, but supplying it with greater brain power, greater continuity of policy and persistence, than could be found among the Russian masses or among the Communist fraction of the intelligentsia." [58]

Here and there we quote these Protocols, comparing them with the work of these many secret societies solely to show that these same revolutionary ideas and methods still underlie the principles of these Jew-dominated secret and undoubtedly subversive movements of today. [59]

Cabalists, Gnostics, and Secret Syrian Sects :   A valuable series of articles on subversive movements throughout the centuries, "The Anatomy of Revolution," by G.G., better known as "Dargon," author of "The Nameless Order," was published by the "Patriot," October 1922. [60] In one of these he writes: "For centuries there have existed certain esoteric schools of mystical philosophy originating apparently in several Oriental currents of thought meeting in the Levant, Egypt, and the nearer East. We find in these schools elements of Buddhism, Zoroastrianism and Egyptian occultism mingled with Grecian mysteries, Jewish Kabalism, and fragments of ancient Syrian cults. Out of the Hotch-potch of Oriental philosophy, magic, and mythology arose in the earlier centuries of the Christian era numerous Gnostic sects, and after the rise of Mohammedanism, several heretical sects among the followers of Islam, such as the Ismaelites, Druses, and Assassins, which found their inspiration in the House of Wisdom in Cairo.

To the same sources may be traced the ideas that inspired such political-religious movements of the Middle Ages as those of the Illuminati, Albigenes, Cathari, Waldenses, Troubadours, Anabaptists, and Lollards. To the same inspirations must be assigned the rise of early secret societies. The Templars are said to have been initiated by the Assassins into anti-Christian and subversive mysteries, and we find similar traces of an old and occult origin in the Alchemists, the Rosicrucians, and the later mystical cults of which the Swedenborgian is a familiar example." [61]

Further, Albert G. Mackay, Secretary-General of the Supreme Council 33o for the Southern Jurisdiction, U.S.A., writes in his "Lexicon of Freemasonry:" "The Kassideans or Assideans...arose either during the Captivity or soon after the restoration...The Essenians were, however, undoubtedly connected with the Temple (of Solomon), as their origin is derived by the learned Scaliger, with every appearance of truth, from the Kassideans, a fraternity of Jewish devotees, who, in the language of Laurie, had associated together as 'Knights of the Temple of Jerusalem.'...From the Essenians Pythagoras derived much, if not all, of the knowledge and the ceremonies with which he clothed the esoteric school of his philosophy." [62]

He also says that Pythagoras met the Jews at Babylon, where he visited during the Captivity, and, Oliver says, "was initiated into the Jewish system of Freemasonry." Of the Cabala Mackay writes: "The Cabal is of two kinds, theoretical and practical, with the practical Cabala, which is engaged in the construction of talismans and amulets, we have nothing to do. The theoretical is divided into the literal and dogmatic. The dogmatic is nothing more than the summary of the metaphysical doctrine taught by the Cabalist doctors. It is, in other words, the system of the Jewish philosophy." [63]

Writing of the Sepher Yetzirah, which is older than the Zohar, Adolphe Franck in his book La Kabbaqle, 1843, says: "The clouds with which the imagination of commentators have surrounded it will dissipate of themselves if, in stead of seeking in it, as they did, mysteries of ineffable wisdom, we merely see an effort of reason, at the moment of awaking, to perceive the plan of the universe and the link which attaches all elements to a common principle, the assemblage of which it offers to us." [64]

It represents and expounds the thirty-two paths on the Cabalistic Tree of Life, the ten Sephirath or centers of light, united together by the twenty-two paths to which the Hebrew letters are attributed, these being divided into: three Mother letters - shin, fire; mem, water; aleph, air; seven double letters, attributed to the planets; twelve single letters, attributed to the signs of the Zodiac. And above, uniting all, is the spirit or ether. By some it is said to depict the descent of the soul into matter and its return and union with the universal life-force, producing illumination, ecstasy, deification, and similar conditions. As to the Cabalistic God, he is first Ain - negative; then Ain Soph - limitless space; finally, Ain Soph Aur - boundless light. The negative God was awakened, he became active. Again, Jehovah, the Jewish Tetragrammation, so greatly used in cabalistic and magical operations, is Yod, He, Vau, He, the Creative Principle in unity - the father, mother, son, and daughter or material basis, sometimes called the bride. As it is said: the Absolute Being and Nature have one name only,  which signifies God; it represents all forces of nature. In creation first, they say, there was merely emanation, like the sparks flying from an anvil, but being unbalanced they all vanished, as did the Edomite kings; then the dual sexes appeared as separate forces, and with them came balanced creation.

Franck holds that the Zohar or Book of Light, the genesis of the light of nature, begins where the Sepher Yetzirah left off. From the cabalistic point of view the Absolute is called the White Head, for all colors are mingled in its light. He is the Ancient of Days or first Sephira on the Cabalistic Tree of Life, he is the Supreme head, the source of all light, the principle of all wisdom - unity. From this unity issues two parallel but apparently opposed principles, though in reality inseparable; the male, active, called Wisdom, the other, passive, female, the understanding, for "all that exists, all that has been formed by the Ancient of Days can only exist through a male and a female."

The Ancient of Days, compared by Franck to Ormuzd of the Persians, is the father engendering all things by means of the marvelous paths, by which the force spreads throughout the universe, imposing a form and limits on all that exists. Understanding is the mother, receiving and reproducing. From their mysterious and eternal union issues a son, having the traits of father and mother, thus bearing witness to both. This son is knowledge and science. These three persons enclose and unite all that is and in turn are united in the White Head. They are sometimes shown as three heads forming one, sometimes they are compared to the brain which, without losing its unity, is divided into three parts, and by means of thirty-two pairs of nerves acts throughout the body, the microcosm, just as, aided by the thirty-two paths of wisdom, divinity is diffused throughout the universe, the Macrocosm. It also represents three successive and absolutely necessary phases in universal generation.

Quoting Corduero, Franck continues: "The first three Sephiroth - Crown, Kether; Wisdom, Chokmah; Understanding, Binah - should be considered as the Three in One, for they are the Father, Son, and Holy Ghost or mother. The other seven Sephiroth of construction develop also in trinities, in each of which two extremes are untied by a third. The second trinity is: Mercy, Chesed, male; Severity, Geburah, female, that is, expansion and concentration of will. These are united by Beauty, Tiphareth, or the Sun, the trinity representing moral force. The third trinity is purely dynamic, showing divinity as the universal force, the Principe Générateur of all beings; it is Victory, Netzach, female; Splendour, Hod, male; meaning the extension and multiplication of all forces in the universe. These again are united by Foundation, Yesod, the Moon, and are represented by the organs of generation, root of all that is. The tenth Sephira is Malkuth, the Kingdom or material basis, in which is found the permanent and immanent action of the united Sephiroth, the real presence of God in the midst of creation as expressed by the Shekinah. The work of the Sun and Moon is to spread and perpetuate by their union the work of creation. The third trinity is the kundalini or caduceus, and by mysticism and yoga it is awakened, and arises through the Sephiroth to the Crown, the source of all light, uniting with the universal Creative Principal. Thus, according to the Cabala, every form of existence from matter to eternal wisdom is a manifestation of this infinite power. It is not sufficient that all things should come from God in order to have reality and continuance; it is also necessary that God should be always present in the midst of them, that he should live, develop, and eternally reproduce to infinity under these forms. The Cabala is, therefore, entirely pantheistic." [65]

Of its origin Franck writes: "When examining the Zohar, seeking some light on its origin, one is not slow to perceive in its inequality of style, want of unity in its exposition, method, and application of general principles, and finally in its detailed thought, that it is quite impossible to attribute it to one person." [66]

It rises to great heights, but again sinks to great puerilities, ignorance, and superstition. "We are therefore forced to conclude that it was formed successively during several centuries and by the work of several generations of cabalists." He points to three fragments forming in themselves, unlike the rest, a co-ordinate whole: (1) The Book of Mystery, considered the most ancient; (2) the Greater Assembly, the discourses of Rabbi Simon ben Jochai, about A.D. 160, in the midst of his ten disciples; (3) the Lesser Assembly, where Simon, on his death-bed, gave instruction to his disciples, now reduced by death to seven. In these is found, sometimes an allegorical, sometimes in metaphysical, language a description of the divine attributes and their various manifestations, the origin of the world and God's relations with men.

Some declare that the Cabala was only developed towards the end of the thirteenth century, but Adolphe Franck holds that, according to proofs which he gives, it must have originated during the seventy years of the Israelite Captivity in Babylon, and therefore owes much to the ancient religions of Chaldea and Persia. There, under civil and religious authority, the chiefs of the Captivity built the Synagogue of Babylon, which united with that of Palestine, and many religious schools were founded, in which finally the Talmud of Babylon was produced, the last and complete expression of Judaism. All chronologists, Jewish and Christian, agree that the first deliverance of Israel, captives in Chaldea from the time of Nebuchadnezzar, took place, led by Zorobabel, during the early years of Cyrus's reign over Babylon, about 536-530 B.C. Zoroaster had already commenced his religious mission, teaching the doctrine of dualism, Light and Darkness, Good and Evil, in 549 B.C., fourteen years before the first return of the captive Israelites to their own country, and no doubt they carried with them the imprint of this teaching. Apparently no other nation exercised such close influence over the Jews as Persia and the religious system of the Jew Zoroaster with its long traditions. [67]

The Practical or Magical Cabala with its combinations and correspondences was the astrological, magical, and magnetic basis used by the Alchemists and Magicians of the Middle Ages in working their transmutations and conjurations. It was impregnated with the "fluidic magic" derived form very ancient cults, and still practiced at the time of the Captivity among the Persians and Chaldeans. Today, all Rosicrucians and cabalistic sects use this Magical Cabal for their works of divining clairvoyance, hypnotic and magnetic healing, making of talismans, and contacting their mysterious masters. As the Jewish writer Bernard Lazare said: "Secret societies represented the two sides of the Jewish mind, practical rationalism and pantheism, that pantheism which, metaphysical reflection of the belief in One God, Ended...In Cabalistic Theurgy."

Albert Pike, in "Morals and Dogmas," tells us that, after the intermingling of different nations, which resulted from the wars of Alexander, the doctrines of Greece, Egypt, Persia, and India met and intermingled everywhere. Gnosis, he says, is the science of the mysteries handed down from generation to generation in esoteric traditions. “The Gnostics derived their leading doctrines and ideas from Plato and Philo, the Zend-avesta, the Kabbalah, and the Sacred books of India and Egypt; and thus introduced into the bosom of Christianity the cosmological and theosophical speculations, which had formed the larger portion of the ancient religions of the Orient, joined to those of the Egyptian, Greek, and Jewish doctrines, which the Neo-Platonists had equally adopted in the Occident...It is admitted that the cradle of Gnosticism is probably to be looked for in Syria and even in Palestine. Most of its expounders wrote in that corrupted form of the Greek used by the Hellenistic Jews...and there was a striking analogy between their doctrines and those of the Judeo-Egyptian Philo of Alexandria; itself the seat of three schools, at once philosophic and religious - the Greek, the Egyptian, and the Jewish. Pythagoras and Plato, the most mystical of the Grecian philosophers (the latter heir to the doctrines of the former), and who had traveled, the latter in Egypt, and the former in Phoenicia, India, and Persia, also taught the esoteric doctrine...The dominant doctrines of Platonism were found in Gnosticism. Emanation of Intelligences from the bosom of the Deity; the going astray in error and the sufferings of spirits, so long as they are remote from God, and imprisoned in matter; vain and long-continued efforts to arrive at the knowledge of the Truth, and re-enter into their primitive union with the Supreme Being; alliance of a pure and divine soul with an irrational soul, the seat of evil desires; angels or demons who dwell in and govern the planets, having but an imperfect knowledge of the ideas that presided at the creation; regeneration of all beings by their return to the, world of Intelligences, and its Chief the Supreme Being; sole possible mode of re-establishing that primitive harmony of the creation, of which the music of the spheres of Pythagoras was the image; these were the analogies of the two systems...

The Jewish-Greek School of Alexandria is known only by two of its chiefs, Aristobulus and Philo, both Jews of Alexandria in Egypt. Belonging to Asia by its origin, to Egypt by its residence, to Greece by its language and studies, it strove to show that all truths embedded in the philosophies of other countries were transplanted thither from Palestine. Aristobulus declared that all the facts and details of the Jewish Scriptures were so many allegories concealing the most profound meanings, and that Plato had borrowed from them all his finest ideas. Philo, who lived a century after him, following the same theory, endeavored to show that the Hebrew writings, by their system of allegories, were the true source of all religions and philosophical doctrines. According to him, the literal meaning was for the vulgar alone...To Philo, the Supreme Being was the Primitive Light, or the Archetype of Light, Source whence the rays emanate that illuminate Souls. He was also the Soul of the Universe, and as such acted in all its parts. He Himself fills and limits His whole Being. His Powers and Virtues fill and penetrate all. These Powers are Spirits distinct from God, the 'Ideas' of Plato personified. He is without beginning, and lives in the prototype of Time. His image is the Word, a form more brilliant than fire; that not being the pure light. This Logos dwells in God; for the Supreme Being makes to Himself within His Intelligence the types or ideas of everything that is to become reality in this World. The Logos is the vehicle by which God acts on the Universe, and may be compared to the speech of man. The Logos being the World of Ideas, by means whereof God has created visible things, He is the most ancient God, in comparison with the World, which is the youngest production. The Logos, Chief of Intelligence, of which He is the general representative, is named Archangel, type and representative of all spirits, even those of mortals. He is also styled the man-type and primitive man, Adam Kadmon...The wisdom of man is but the reflection and image of that of God. He is the Father, and His Wisdom the mother of creation; for He united Himself with Wisdom (Sophi), and communicated to it the germ of creation, and it brought forth the material world. He created the ideal world only, and caused the material world to be made real after its type, only, and caused the material world to be made real after its type, by His Logos, which is His speech, and at the same time the Idea of Ideas, the Intellectual World. The Intellectual City was but the Thought of the Architect, who meditated the creation, according to the plan of the Material City. The word is not only the Creator, but occupies the place of the Supreme Being through Him all the powers and attributes of God act. On the other side, as first representative of the human family, He is the protector of men and their shepherd.

God gives to man the Soul or Intelligence, which exists before the body, and which he unties with the body. The reasoning Principle comes from God through the Word, and communes with God and with the Word; but there is also in man an irrational Principle, that of the inclinations and passions which produce disorder, emanating from inferior spirits who fill the air as ministers of God...The present condition of man is not his primitive condition, when he was the image of the Logos. He has fallen from his first estate. But he may raise ‘himself’ again, by following the directions of wisdom and of the angels which God has commissioned to aid him in freeing himself from the bonds of the body, and combating Evil, the existence whereof God has permitted, to furnish him the means of exercising his liberty...

The doctrines of Philo: that the Supreme Being is a center of Light whose rays or emanations pervade the Universe; for that is the Light ...of which the sun and moon...that Light and Darkness, chief enemies form the beginning of Time, dispute with each other the empire of the world...The world was created, not by the Supreme Being, but by a secondary agent, who is but His word, and by types which are but His ideas, aided by an intelligence, or wisdom which gives one of His attributes; in which we see the occult meaning of the necessity of recovering 'the Word;'...

Philo incorporated in his eclecticism neither Egyptian nor Oriental elements. But there were other Jewish Teachers in Alexandria who did both. The Jews of Egypt were slightly jealous of, and a little hostile to, those of Palestine, particularly after the erection of the sanctuary at Leontopolis by the High-Priest Onias; and therefore they admired and magnified those ages, who, like Jeremiah, had resided in Egypt. 'The wisdom of Solomon' was written at Alexandria, and, in the time of St. Jerome, was attributed to Philo; but it contains principles at variance with his...

The Jews of Syria and Judea were the direct precursors of Gnosticism; and in their doctrines were ample Oriental elements. These Jews had had with the Orient, at two different periods, intimate relations, familiarizing them with the doctrines of Asia and especially of Chaldea and Persia...Living nearly two-thirds of a century, and many of them long afterward, in Mesopotamia, the cradle of their race (The White Race); speaking the same language, and their children reared with those of the Chaldeans, Assyrians, Medes, and Persians, they necessarily adopted many of the doctrines of their conquerors ...and these additions to the old doctrine were soon spread by the constant intercourse of commerce into Syria and Palestine...

From Egypt or Persia the new Platonists borrowed the idea, and the Gnostics received it from them, that man, in his terrestrial career, is successively under the influence of the Mon, Mercury, Venus, Sun, Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn, until he finally reaches the Elysian Fields." [68]

This latter teaching in one form or another is to be found in all modern Gnostic and Cabalistic sects. Thus, in the Stella Matutina Outer and Inner Order, the grades are placed on the Cabalistic Tree of Life, and the candidate is said to pass successively under the influence of these planets in the above sequence, until at 10 = 1, the highest grade, he becomes illuminised, and is no longer his own master. These influences represent in their colors the spectrum of the so-called "Divine White Brilliance" - electro-magnetic fluid - of the Rosicrucians, which adepts are taught to draw down upon themselves and project for magical purposes. As Albert Pike says: "The sources of our knowledge of the kabalistic doctrines are the books of Yetzirah and Zohar, the former drawn up in the second century, and the latter a little later; but they contain materials much older than themselves...In them, as in the teachings of Zoroaster, everything that exists emanates from a source of infinite Light."

Jewish School of Alexandria : "The Brotherhood of Light," California, claim that "this venerable Order gave the impetus to learning in Alexandria which made that city so justly famous." And again, "It was the Brotherhood of Light who preserved the taper of learning from complete extinction during the Dark Ages." It is therefore interesting to find Dion Fortune, head of the "Fraternity of Inner Light," when writing of Hermeticism saying: "The highest development was in the Egyptian and Cabalistic systems, and it was blended with Christian thought in the schools of the Neo-Platonists and the Gnostics...Its studies were only kept alive during the Dark Ages among the Jews who were the chief exponents of its Cabalistic aspect...and it is still alive today."

Now the Mason Springett tells us in his book, "Secret Sects of Syriua," that, "In later times Gnosis was the name given to what Porphery calls Antique and Oriental Philosophy to distinguish it from the Grecian systems. But the term was first used (according to Matter) in its ultimate sense of supernal and celestial (cosmic) knowledge, by the Jewish philosophers of the celebrated Alexandrian School. A very characteristic production of this Jewish Gnosis has come down to our time in the Book of Enoch, of which the man subject is to make known the description of the heavenly bodies and their correct names are revealed to the Patriarch by the angel Uriel. This profession betrays of itself the Magian source from which the inspiration was derived." [69]

In "Le Problème Juif," Georges Batault writes of these Alexandrian Jewish Philosophers, that they were ardent propagandists, eager to make proselytes, and for this purpose endeavored to adapt Judaism to Hellenism, persuaded that without the Law and without Israel to practice it, the world would cease to be, the world would be happy only when subject to this universal Law, that is, to the empire of the Jew. As the Jewish writer Bernard Lazare admitted in L'Antisémitisme: "From Ptolemy Philadelphus until the middle of the third century the Alexandrian Jews, with the object of maintaining and strengthening their propaganda, devoted themselves to an extraordinary work of falsification of real texts as a support for their cause. The verse of AEschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, of the pretended Oracles of Orpheus, preserved in Aristobulus and the Stromata of Clemens of Alexandria, thus celebrated the One God and the Sabbath. Historians were falsified, still more they attributed entire works to them, and it is thus that they placed a History of the Jews under the name of Hécatee d'Abdère. The most important of these inventions was that of the Sibylline Oracles, fabricated entirely by the Alexandrian Jews, which announced the future era, when the reign of One God would eventuate. The Jews even attempted to ascribe to themselves Greek literature and Philosophy. In a commentary on the Pentateuch which Eusebius has preserved to us. Aristobulus endeavored to show how Plato and Aristotle had found their metaphysical and ethical ideas in an old Greek translation of the Pentateuch." [70]

Georges Batault continues: "The exegesis which consists in distorting texts in order to bring out of them what they desired is the only 'science' which can be traced to the Jews. It became in the hands of the Judeo-Alexandrians, a formidable arm which, by the perfidious force of their veiled lies, enrolled Hellenism, in spite of itself, into the service of the exclusivism and the religious proselytism of he Israelites. The attempt to 'Judaise' Hellenism, which today appears to us so perfectly absurd and disastrous, has had, nevertheless, the result of obscuring the intelligence of humanity for hundreds of years." [71]

The Italian Mason Reghellini de Scho, writing in 1833, says: "Alexandria, newly built, was canonized by the Jews, who came in crowds to people the new town. The result was a mixture of men of different nations and religions, who gave rise to several philosophical and religious associations. Platonism was publicly taught by the Greeks in Alexandria, it was eagerly received by the Alexandrian Jews, who communicated it to the Jews of Judea and Palestine...In Egypt and Judea, before the commencement of Christianity the philosophy of Pythagoras and Plato (both Jews) had thrust deep roots among the Jews, which gave rise to the dogmas of the Essenes, Therapeuts, Sadducees, Carpocratians, Cabalistic-Gnostics, Basilideans, and Manichaeans; all these dogmasts adapted part of the doctrine of the Egyptian Magi and Priests to the above philosophy. They spread in time into Asia, Africa, and Europe. These different Jewish-Christians preserved the mysteries of the Temple of Solomon with the allegory of the Grand Architect, who was the Jewish Messiah, an idea still preserved by the Jew today." [72]

As des Mousseaux notes, the Gnostics and Manichaeans preserved the cabala of this primitive Masonry, of which a branch has thrust deep roots among the Druses, and when the Crusaders inundated Asia, they infected the ancestors of our Freemasonry with it, the Templars, the Rose-Croix, and the organs of Western Occultism.

According to the Jews, occultism is the knowledge and use of the dual sex or hidden creative fores in all of Nature, and the Jewish Cabala, based on these same secret laws, is one of the most learned and powerful systems for gaining control over Nature and over the mind and actions of man, bringing into play and perverting these forces in order to attain power and dominion. It is polarity and a subtle method of suggestion. "The Revue Internationale des Sociéts Secrètes" has for some time been investigating and exposing the age-old source and hidden power of these secret societies, hoping also to assist other investigators, and supply a choice of weapons to those who are already fighting step by step against contemporary Judeo-Masonry. M. Henri de Guillebert, "a specialist of first order in these matters, has taken a leading part in these investigations. We give a few extracts from his articles, 'Studies in Occultism'":

"The importance of the part played by secret societies in religious, social, economic, and political evolution is generally denied...There is no trace in the history of peoples of any international attempt to determine the origin, the vicissitudes, the aim, the claims, the doctrine, and discipline of sects, considered no longer as isolated phenomena, but as a permanent organization, thus monstrously and solidly formed of a multitude of separate parts. It is therefore to a certain extent a novelty to show the action of occultism upon people in its successive phases by establishing what secret societies are; how they are linked together in time and space; where they come from and whither they wish to lead men; who constitutes them, and who directs them...in our time occultism can no longer be other than a material and human reality, a problem to be solved by recognized methods of criticism, a work analysble by means of investigations, capable of unmasking secret societies as a whole. To observe, analyze, classify, and compare all sects is a purely scientific work...

Judeo-Masonry: This term can be used, making all reservations as to its correctness, to designate the organization composed of Cabalistic Jews and secret societies, considered no longer as isolated phenomena in time and space, but as a whole, having a common doctrine and discipline, a common aim and methods ...The method employed always consists of perversion of the traditions and institutions of Christianity, conforming them to the beliefs and organizations inspired by occultism...

The destruction of the family, country, of authority, and of the Church is for occultism merely a means...The principle of the teaching minority is not only to keep the knowledge of the mysteries from the adept, but also to divide its teachings between twisting the mentality and perverting men in such a ways as to destroy all obstacles to the establishment of its rule over the world, and to establish its tyranny over a land freed from all Church institutions...The final aim is the enthronement of the so-called world king, placing universal authority, by means of subordinate dupes, into the hands of the Grand Masters - all Jews; the subjection of all peoples to these men, by monopolizing social offices, the transformation of man into a domestic animal, the exploitation of the masses by the Jew, once the heads of Christian control have been suppressed.

The present revolution is the actual end. It is the consummation, by a formidable convergence of efforts made everywhere and at the same time, of a permanent conspiracy, which failed, was taken up again, and pursued with a terrible tenacity, and with ever-increasing skill gained through long centuries of experience. Their aim, for ever inaccessible, would be the final domination of all peoples by the god-people, all esoteric religions having been but ethnological forms of the Cabala, transitory forms which vanquishing Judaism must get rid of...The sole force of Jewish cohesion lies in the submission of its scattered communities to the religious supremacy of a Patriarchate, whose social seat, constantly changed, remains unknown to the profane (non-Jews).

The Jew looks upon himself as the sun of humanity, the male, opposed to which the other peoples are but the female, manifesting and assuring the coming of the Messianic era. In order to realize this sociological manifestation, the Jew organically extends his influence by means of secret societies, created by him in order to spread everywhere his initiating force...(hoping to realize) the 'Universal Republic' controlled by the god of Humanity, the Jew of the Cabala...The chief effort of these secret societies is to gather into their plans the religious traditions of all peoples.

Theurgy: Theurgy has or its object the condensation in the theurgist of vital matter, by methods, in places and with aims, other than those possible through the limitations of organs. It results in the production of 'grand phenomena,' superhuman phenomena, that is beyond the powers of ordinary humanity. The realization of 'grand phenomena' assures the multiplication of adepts and the glorification of the initiates. Theurgy places the 'diviner' (seer) higher than humanity, in a state of liberation which approaches the 'divine.' Also to attain this end, the theurgist recoils from no method permitting him to liberate, to his profit, the vital matter of which he has need in order to produce these 'grand phenomena.'...Theurgists attribute surprising relations, which they claim to be able to establish with the phenomena of the universe by setting in motion a 'fluid' without the existence of which they recognize that their proceedings would be but jugglery...They claim to have the power to charge themselves with this fluid, and to project it at will upon organisms less strongly charged than they, and to put themselves thus in a state physically and physiologically of condenser and distributor of natural energy, rendering themselves capable of stunning and dominating by means of claimed fluidic exchanges (hypnotic control as practiced in these orders)." [73]

It is the force spoken of in the "Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion": "We put Freemasons to death...they all die when it is necessary, apparently from a natural death."

The celebrated occultist and cabalist "Papus," in his book on "Practical Magic," gives the following simple explanation of magic: "A vehicle, a horse, and a driver, this is the whole of magic if one only knew how to look at it." [74]

He says the driver cannot set the vehicle in motion without a motor, which is the horse, which at the same time is stronger than the driver, but he controls and uses the brute force by means of the reins. The driver represents the intelligence and above all the will which governs the whole system, it is the "Directing Principle." The vehicle represents matter, which is inactive and which is the "Passive Principle." The horse represents "Force," obedient to the driver, and acting as the engine and the reins control the whole system; it is the "Active Principle," and at the same time the intermediary between the vehicle and the driver, the "link" which united the material basis and that which directs it, that is, between matter and will.

In practical magic the driver is the human will, the horse the "Vital Force," that dynamism carried by the blood to all the organs and to the brain itself. The vehicle is our body, the driver our will, and the reins the nervous system. The mind cannot act directly upon matter, it acts upon the intermediary, which again reacts upon matter; this intermediary is the astral plane, the life-fore in nature and in man, that which continually modifies matter. This organic life-force of man can be projected by him and can act at a distance, and this is the hyper physical force used in magnetic healing and hypnotic control. As Papus said: "Among the ancients magic could be defined as the application of the will to the forces of nature, for the student learned to control heat, light, and electricity." It is always the two contending forces united by a third producing manifestation.

All these many secret and pseudo-public occult societies, be they esoteric Masons, Rosicrucians, Illuminati, or merely calling themselves Universal Brothers, are, we believe, consciously or unconsciously, linked up with the Central Group which is acting behind the Third International of Moscow. Many of these orders outwardly appear antagonistic to each other, and each would, in fact, seem to believe that it and it only knows the whole truth.

The craft of this lies in that members breaking away for various reasons almost inevitably seek for another, preferably opposed to the one they have left. These groups and orders are varied, so as to appeal to the many and different types of humanity. Many, if not all of them, are nominally working for "the Service of Humanity," (The Destruction of Christianity) but this appears to have resolved itself into the service and rights of the so-called workers of the world, and, although their watchword is said to be Love and Unity, it appears to mean class-hatred, and most of all hatred toward Christ and Christianity!

The Great White Lodge is apparently the center of instruction, and many are looking for a "Messiah," be he a Christ or Christian Rosenkreutz. To us this spells invisible world domination by mens of illuminised puppets or tools, Light-Bearers as they are called in some of these Hermetic Orders. It is no doubt the same secret organization which earlier and on a less ambitious scale worked behind the French revolutions, the Balkan risings, and even the rising of the Lollards, all of which were merely experiments in preparation for the Great World Revolution of today.

This secret movement is a plague generated in the hidden vaults and subterranean places of the world, which only rises to the surface when the hour of consummation appears to approach. Who can tell where this plague begins and where it ends, and who is immune from its deadly taint?

Illuminism or so-called Spiritual development is, we believe, the key to the movement, and the link which unites the whole organization, and one and all of these various groups are but bodies built up for the purpose of preparing instruments, and the methods of arriving at this condition are briefly these:

1). Orientation : Thought direction by means of selected meditations upon writings said to be inspired by these Masters of the Great White Lodge.

2). Polarization : Direction of the currents of the dual sex-forces by thought and will-power uniting them with the forces directed by these Masters from without. Reciprocal  vibrations, the action of one mind upon another.

3). Illumination : Illuminism by means of the astral light; produced by, and leading to hypnotic obsession by these same Masters.

To quote "The Great Work," a publication of the "Sadol Movement" in California: "In truth it is that principle in Nature which impels every entity to seek vibratory correspondence with another like entity of opposite polarity." [75]

In this same work we are told that, analogous to a farmer passing an electric current through the soil, at the root of the stalk, in such a manner as to touch the vital processes, thus multiplying their activity and intensity, so: "through ages of experimentation and study, the School of Natural Science (White Lodge) has wrought out and discovered a definite and scientific method whereby the intelligent student may supplement, facilitate, and intensify the process by which Nature evolves and unfolds the spiritual and psychical faculties, capacities, and powers of men..."

This is simply a hurry-up system producing illuminism, and leading to all sorts of unbalanced results. These orders almost invariably culminate in communications, teachings, and instruction from these masters or so-called spiritual beings; this Central Group of occultists and black magicians who, no doubt, from their many "experimentations" upon unsuspecting humanity, have acquired a profound knowledge of these hidden laws of nature.

Who can put a limitation to the power of the human body, its brain and nervous system, as a mechanism for receiving and transmitting these mysterious forces so little understood? Further, this book tells us: "With a natural adjustment of economic, sociological, and ethical relations, the opportunity will come to all who are ready and willing to develop their spiritual and psychical powers equally with the physical...The solution has already been wrought out by the Great School and when the time is right, it will be given to the world through channels which will ensure its recognition and adoption." [76]

In "Le Théosophisme René Guénon gives much well-documented information on the Theosophical Society, showing its gradual growth into an instrument in the hands of some inner Government of the World," an Invisible Power.

Mme. Blavatsky, the real founder, was born in Ekaterinoslav in 1831. In her many early extraordinary wanderings she apparently came under the influence and teachings of Paulos Metamon, a magician or conjuror; of the revolutionary Joseph Mazzini and the Carbonari; of Michel, a mason, mesmerist, and spiritist, who developed her mediumistic powers. These influences probably accounted not a little for her "phenomena."

On October 20, 1875, a society was founded in New York, said to be for "spiritulist investigations;" Olcott was President, Felt and Dr. Seth Pancoast Vice-presidents, and Mme. Blavatsky Secretary. Among other members were William Q. Judge, Charles Sotheran, one of the high dignitaries of American Masonry, also for a short time General Albert Pike, Grand Master of the Scottish Rite for the Southern Jurisdiction U.S.A., who was said to be the author of the rituals of the thirty-three degrees, received from the Arabian member of the "Great School."

We are further told that George Felt, Vice-president, gave himself out as Professor of Mathematics and Egyptology, and "was a member of a secret society usually called by initiates 'H.B. of L.' (Hermetic Brotherhood of Luxor)...now this society...is officially opposed to spiritualistic theories, for it teaches that these phenomena are due not to spirits of the dead, but to certain forces directed by living men."

It is said that Felt persuaded Mme. Blavatsky and Olcott to become associates of the H.B. of L. On November 17, 1875, the society's name was changed to "Theosophical Society," although Felt would have preferred the name "Egyptological Society." Shortly after this Felt suddenly disappeared. As René Guénon remarks, "no doubt his mission was accomplished!"

In November 1878, Mme. Blavatsky and Olcott left for India, and in 1882 founded the Theosophical center in Adyar, near Madras; there she initiated her "esoteric section," and contacted the so-called "Mahatmas," and her fantastic phenomena multiplied prodigiously. These "phenomena," precipitated letters, astral bells, materializations, etc, were in time suspected and exposed. The matter was taken up by the "Society for Psychical Research," which in December 1885 reported her as "one of the most accomplished, most ingenious, and most interesting impostors." She herself affirmed the need of such phenomena in order to maintain her hold over some of the members, and in certain Theosophical circles they largely contributed to keep the society and its chiefs alive.

In conclusion René Guénon sums it up: "From all we have exposed, it is legitimate to conclude that Mme. Blavatsky was above all a 'subject' or instrument in the hands of individuals or occult groups sheltering behind her personality, just as others were in their turn instruments in her hands! This explains her impostures, without excusing them, and those who believe she invented everything herself and on her own initiative are almost as much mistaken as those who, on the contrary, believe in what she said concerning her relations with pretended 'Mahatmas.'"

It was after this, in 1887, that she compiled and published her "Secret Doctrine," which is still the book of books to many Theosophists. This exposure, to a certain extent, broke Mme. Blavatsky, but did not breath the Theosophical Society. There were many resignations, and some lodges, such as the "Isis," in Paris, of which Papus was a member, closed down only to be reformed under another name. Papus and some of his school, Martinists and Illuminists, remained members until 1890, when they either resigned or, as was said, were expelled on a charge of "black magic."

Mrs. Besant was presented to Mme. Blavatsky in 1889 by the Socialist Herbert Burrows (who was also a member of the Stella Matutina), and she immediately succumbed to Mme. Blavatsky's irresistible magnetism and formidable power of suggestion. Mme. Blavatsky died in London My 8, 1891.

Mrs. Besant was elected President in 1907. From 1910 to its consummation one of her chief works, assisted by Leadbeater, was to train Krishnamurti as Messiah, or as he preferred to be called, "World Teacher." On February 19, 1922, an alliance between Mrs. Besant's Co-Masonry and the Grand Orient of France was celebrated at the Grand Temple of the Droit Humain in Paris. Her present work is wholly political and subversive, "to build up India into a mighty self-governing community." But of her political activities more will be said later.

Charles Sothern, the above-mentioned American Mason, wrote to Mme. Blavatsky, January 11, 1877: "In the last century the Illuminati taught 'peace with the cottage, war with the palace' throughout the length and breadth of Europe. In the last century the united States was freed from the tyranny of the mother country by the action of the Secret Societies more than is commonly imagined."

Mrs. Besant wrote in "India Bond or Free," September 1926: "Really, the awakening of India is...part of the World Movement towards Democracy, which began for the West in the revolt of the American Colonies against the rule of Britain, ending in 1776 in the independence of the Great Republic of the West, and in the French Revolution of 1789!"

Again quoting from "Le Théosophisme," we find much curious information on the production of this expected future "Messiah." "Here we find the method by which, according to the Theosophists, the manifestation of a 'Great Teacher' is produced, or even sometimes that of a 'Master' of less importance; in order to save such an 'evolved' being the trouble of preparing a 'vehicle' for himself, by passing through all phases of ordinary physical development, it is necessary that an 'initiate' or 'disciple' should lend his body when, after having been specially prepared by certain tests, he renders himself worthy of this honor. It would be from that moment that the 'Master,' making use of his body as if it were his own, would speak through his mouth in order to teach the 'Wisdom religion.'...It must be added that living 'Masters' are able in a similar fashion to make occasional use of a disciple's body...The 'Master' could only enter in, as leadbeater says, 'when this body was enfeebled by long austerities.'...

The Great Head of the department of religious instruction, said Leadbeater, the Lord Maitreya, who has already taught the Hindus as Krishna and the Christians as Christ, has declared that he will soon return to the world in order to bring healing and help to the nations, and to revive spirituality (psychic), which the earth has almost lost...One of the greatest works of the Theosophical Society is to do all in their power to prepare men for his coming...A single forerunner announced his coming formerly; now it is a society of 20,000 members spread over the whole earth who are given this task [77]

Such is, therefore, the task which they assign today to the Theosophical Society, which Mrs. Besant declared years ago had been chosen...'to be the link pure and blessed (etheric) between those above and those below' [78] The Rôle which the Theosophical Society attributes to itself is not limited to announcing the coming of the 'Great Teacher;' it has also to find and prepare...the chosen 'disciple' in which he will incarnate when the time arrives. To tell the truth, the accomplishment of this mission has not been without failures; there was at least a first attempt which failed piteously...It was in London, where a kind of Theosophical community existed in St. John's Wood. There they brought up a young boy, sickly in appearance and not very intelligent, but whose least word was listened to with respect and admiration, because he was no other, it appears, than 'Pythagoras reincarnated.'...Some time later the father of this child, a retired captain in the British Army, suddenly withdrew his son from Mr. Leadbeater's hands, who had been specially charged with his education. [79] There must have been some threat of scandal about this, for Mr. Leadbeater was in 1906 excluded from the Theosophical Society for reasons concerning which a discreet silence was kept...it was only later that a letter written by Mrs. Besant was made known, in which she speaks of methods, 'worthy of the severest reprobation.' [80] Reinstated, however, in 1908, after 'having promised not to repeat these dangerous counsels' [81] previously given to young boys, and reconciled with Mrs. Besant, whose constant collaborator he became in Adyar, Mr. Leadbeater played yet again the principal rôle in the second affair, much better known, and which had almost the same wind-up...

In 1911 Dr. J.M. Nair had already published in his medical journal (Antiseptic) a very caustic article against Theosophy, and he did not hesitate clearly to accuse Mr. Leadbeater of immorality. In consequence of these attacks, and after a considerable time of reflection, three cases were filed in December 1912 against Dr. Nair, Dr. Râma Rao, and the Editor of the Hindu. All three were lost by the Society and its president...All this ended in upsetting the father of Krishnamurti and Nityânanda...He demanded at the Madras High Court that his sons should be returned to him. In giving judgment for the father, Judge Bakewell said: 'Mr. Leadbeater agrees in his dispassion that he has had and continues to have opinions which I can only specify as being unquestionably immoral and of a nature completely disqualifying him as tutor for young boys...'" [82]

After an unsuccessful appeal in Madras, Mrs. Besant was successful in London, May 5, 1914. Thus we saw Krishnamurti in 1926, the year appointed, presented by this society as the "World Teacher" or New Messiah! Concerning the auxiliary groups again we quote René Guénon: "...for the moment we wish to point out only a few of these auxiliary groups (of the Theosophical Society), and first of all 'The Order of the Rising Sun,' organized at Benares by Mr. Arundale, afterwards converted, January 11, 1911, into the 'Independent Order of the Star in the East,' with Alcyone (Krishnamurti's astrological pseudonym) as nominal chief and Mrs. Besant as 'Protector,' 'in order to group together all those who, whether within or without the Theosophical Society, believed in the coming of the Supreme World Teacher.' It was hoped 'that its members would be able to do something on the physical plane to prepare public opinion for the idea of this coming by creating an atmosphere of sympathy and reverence, and that they would be able, by uniting together, to form an instrument on the higher planes which the Master would be able to make use of.' This Order 'excludes no one and receives all who, no matter what form their beliefs may take, share the common hope;' the acceptance of the following principles is all that is necessary in order to be admitted:

1). We believe that a great Teacher will soon appear in the world, and we wish so to live now that we may be worthy to know Him when He comes.

2). We shall try therefore to keep Him in our minds always, and to do in His Name, and therefore to the best of our ability, all the work which comes to us in our daily occupations.

3). As far as our ordinary duties allow, we shall endeavor to devote a portion of our time each day to some definite work which may help to prepare for His coming.

4). We shall seek to make Devotion, Steadfastness, and Gentleness prominent characteristics of our daily life.

5). We shall try to begin and end each day with a short period devoted to the asking of His blessing upon all that we try to do for Him and in His Name.

6). We regard it as our special duty to try to recognize and reverence greatness in whomsoever shown, and to strive to co-operate, as far as we can, with those whom we feel to be spiritually our superiors.

Concerning the connections of the Order with the Theosophical Society, here is what Mr. Leadbeater said in the presence of Alcyone, at a meeting of the Italian section at Genoa: 'Whilst the Theosophical Society demands recognition of the brotherhood of humanity, the 'Order of the Star in the East' commands belief in the coming of a Great Master and submission to its six principles. Apart from that, the principles and percepts of the Order can be admitted without accepting all the teaching of the Theosophical Society. The initiation of the Order has shown us that, all over the world, there are people who are expecting the coming of the Master, and thanks to it, it is possible to group them together...

The work of the Order and that of the Theosophical Society are identical: to enlarge the ideas of Christians and of those who believe that there is no salvation outside their own little Church; to teach that all men can be saved...For a large number among us the coming of a great Teacher is only a belief, but for others it is a certainty. For many the Lord Maitreya is only a name, although He is a great being to certain among us who have often seen and heard Him.' [83]

A little later these declarations were contradicted in certain points by Mr. Arundale affirming in the name of Alcyone that the 'Order does not indicate who the Supreme Teacher is for whose coming it was founded;' that 'no member had the right to say, for example, that the Order awaited the coming of Christ or of the Lord Maitreya,' and that 'it would be prejudicial to the interests of the Order and those of the Theosophical Society to regard the aims of these two organizations as identical.'" [84]

Yet in a small pamphlet called Mrs. Besant's Prophecy, a lecture, given by R.F. Horton, D.D., August 6, 1911, and published by the "Order of the Star in the East," he (Dr. Horton), besides quoting the six principles, says, speaking of Mrs. Besant's prophecy concerning the World Teacher: "But while she does not attempt to determine where the World Teacher will appear, or under what conditions, she leaves her audience in no doubt as to who that World Teacher will be. In the most explicit terms she says that He is the One whom we Christians know as Christ...and He who was Christ is known as the Lord of Love...and there is no question in her mind that the great World Teacher who is coming is also the same Lord of Love." [85]

Nothing seems more definite yet contradictory to Mr. Arundale's statement as quoted above. René Guénon continues: "We again read elsewhere that 'if some members believe that the World Teacher will make use of such and such a body it is only their own personal opinion, and not the belief to which the other members adhere.' It is probable that it might have been other wise if things had turned out better. In any case, here is a very clear example of the way in which the Theosophical chiefs know how to bow to circumstances and modify, to suit the occasion, appearances so as to enable them to penetrate into varied circles, and from them recruit auxiliaries in order to realize their plans.    

At the time of his first visit to Paris (he returned May 1914) Alcyone was sixteen years old; he had already written, or at least they had published under his name, a little book called 'At the Feet of the Master,' for which Theosophists have shown the greatest admiration, although it was scarcely more than a collection of moral precepts without much originality." [86]

These moral precepts are common to all illuminised orders, where the "vehicle" being prepared, must be set apart, letting go its hold upon material life, living in the ideal, more often false, seeking self-abrogation and muting of personality, so that the Master, so-called, may take possession, as in the case of Krishnamurti. Speaking on all neo-spiritualist movements René Guénon writes in his "Introduction to the Study of Hindu Doctrines," 1921: "For those who do not rely on appearances there would be some very curious and very instructive observations to be made, there as in other domains, on the advantage to be extracted sometimes from disorder and incoherence, or from that which appears to be such, in view of the realization of a well-defined plan and unknown to all those who are its more or less unconscious instruments. These are political means of a sort, but the politics are rather special..." [87]

Continuing in Le Théosophisme, René Guénon says: "Organizations have been created so adapted as to reach each of the desired circles...There are some also which apply themselves especially to the young and even to children. Thus alongside the 'Star of the East,' another association was founded called the 'Servants of the Star,' having as 'protector' Krishnamurti and as chief Nityânanda (Krishnamurti's young brother, who died November 13, 1925, on his way out to India); 'All the members of this Order, except honorary members, must be under twenty-one years of age, and the youngest child desiring to serve can join it.' [88] Previously there already existed two other organizations of the same kind; the 'Golden Chain' and the 'Round Table.' The 'Golden Chain' is a 'group for spiritual training,' where children of seven years are admitted and whose aim (at least the avowed aim) is expressed in the formula which the members must repeat every morning; 'I am a link of gold in the chain of love which surrounds the world; I must remain strong and bright; I wish to try to be gentle and good to all living creatures, to protect and aid all those who are feebler than myself, and I will try to have none but pure and beautiful thoughts, to speak none but pure and beautiful words, to do none but pure and beautiful actions. Then all the links will become bright and strong.' [89]

If there is openly no talk of the coming of the 'Great Teacher' in the 'Golden Chain,' there is likewise none in the 'Round Table,' which can be joined as 'Associate' at the age of thirteen, as 'Companion' at Fifteen, and as 'Knight' at twenty-one (it is scarcely necessary to point out the analogy, certainly intended, between those three grades and those of Masonry), and whose member must take a formal oath of secrecy.

Here it has to do with 'following the great King which the West has named Christ an the East Bodhisattwa; now that hope is given to us of His near return the time has come to form Knights who will prepare His coming by so serving Him from now; it is required of those who would enter into the League to think each day of this King and to do each day a deed in His service.' [90] To sum up, it is above all a recruiting center for the 'Star in the East,' which pretends to be the kernel of the 'New Religion,' the rallying-point of all those who expect the 'Coming of the Lord.'" [91]

In New Zealand Dr. Felkin, late had of the "Smaragdine Thalasses," used what he called the "Order of the Round Table" as a cover and also a preparatory Order for the R.R. et A.C. (Rosae-Rubeae et Aureae Crucis). It is for men and boys from fifteen years and over, and there appear to be also three grades, "pages," "squires," and "knights." The aim is said to be service, and Dr. Felkin claimed to be the forty-first Grand Master of that particular "Round Table."

A despatch from Chicago on August 31, 1926, describes "the third day of the Convention of the 'Theosophical Society' and the first meeting of the Round Table" as follows: "With upraised swords and swinging banners, the Knights of the Order of the Round Table entered the auditorium of the Hotel Sherman today. The young white-robed knights, with red and blue shields shining on their breasts, led their protector, Dr. Annie Besant, and the honorary knight, Krishnamurti, to the altar, and then stood to attention...

Mr. Krishnamurti gave a brief talk on purity and nobility of conduct: 'You do not carry swords of Damascus or Toledo steel, but you do carry rapiers, and they must be ever in the service of the right. You must be knights at heart - always courteous, gentle, and strong.

You must not grow old emotionally or mentally, but keep ever the enthusiasms of youth, with its freshness, faith, and love. You must always be the ideal knight; never raise your hands against the weak nor take unfair advantage of another. You are knights, that is a great responsibility.' The closing ceremony was picturesque and impressive, as the little ones, with hands on heart, pledged their service to the King" [92]

Further, an article in the "Herald of the Star" of that month, entitled "The World Federation of Young Theosophists," says: "The young Theosophist may be said to deal with the life of Theosophical youth, while the 'Knights of the Round Table' deals more with the ceremonial aspect of the form side. Such a fellowship King Arthur planned in the early days of English history, and it was to revivify this noble idea that the Modern Order was formed...

The supreme governing body of the Order is the Council, composed of the Chief Knight in each country where the Order is working, and with the Protector, Dr. Anne Besant, and the Senior Knight at its head. Lieutenant Whyte was the first Senior Knight, and remained so until his death in Palestine in 1917, when Bishop Leadbeater accepted that office. The following are Knights of Honor; Bishop and Mrs. Arundale, Mr. Jinarajadasa, and the Rev. Oscar Kellerstrom. There are ceremonies written by the Protector, the Senior Knight, and Bishop Arundale for initiations, and other ceremonies for 'those Tables that care to use them, but the real spirit has to be translated into personal service! The motto is 'Live pure, speak pure, right wrong, follow the King,' in whose name all service, great or small, is performed."

Thus we see the highest ideals and the finest of our British legends perverted to help forward Mrs. Besant's now discredited scheme - the coming of a New messiah.

Mrs. Besant's Co-Masonry was derived from the Mixed Masonry founded in France in 1891 by Maria Deraismes and Dr. Georges Martin, and known as "Driot Human." Maria Deraismes had been initiated in 1882, contrary to the constitutions, by the Lodge "Les Libres Penseurs" of Pecq, for which the Lodge was put into abeyance and the initiation declared null by the "Grande Loge Symbolique Ecossaise." At first the "Driot Humain" only practiced three degrees, but later introduced the 33 degrees of Scottish Rite, and in 1899 the "Suprème Counsel Universal Mixte" was formed and became the directing power. This Masonry spread to England, Holland, Switzerland, and the United States, and on September 26, 1902, the first English Lodge was formed in London under the name of "Human Duty." In this Mrs. Besant was initiated and rapidly rose to the highest grades and offices. Then she founded the Lodge at Adyar under the name of "Rising Sun;" became Vice-president of the "Suprème Counsel" in France, and a national delegate for Britain and her dependencies.

She then organized the English branch known as "Co-Masonry," and having obtained certain concessions from the "Suprème Council," she, under the pretext of adaptation to Anglo-Saxon mentality, made statues distinctly different from those customary in the French branch. Among others she retained the use of the volume of the Scriptures in the Lodges; also the formula "To the Glory of the Great Architect of the Universe," which had been suppressed by the Grand Orient in 1877 and replaced in French Mixed Masonry by "To the Glory of Humanity." In 1913 a Grand Council was appointed as head of British Co-Masonry, with Mrs. Besant as Grand Master, assisted by Ursula M. Bright, James L. Wedgwood as Grand Secretary, and Francesca Arundale as representative for India. On September 21, 1909, Mrs. Besant installed the Lodge of Chicago. In France the Theosophists apparently soon had an assured preponderance, and hoped in time that London would become the central organism of Co-Masonry Universal. And as we have seen, in 1922 they formed an alliance with the revolutionary Grand Orient of France.

In "Secret Societies and Subversive Movements" Mrs. Nesta Webster writes: "That in Co-Masonic lodges we find 'the King' inscribed over the Grand Master's chair in the east, in the north the empty chair of 'the Master' - to which until recently all members were expected to bow in passing - and over it a picture, veiled in some lodges, of the same mysterious personage."

The "King" may be Krishnamurti, as representing their so-called "Lord of Love," and the "Master" is said by some to be Ragocsky - Prince of Transylvania! Mrs. Besant apparently looks upon Co-Masonry as a powerful organized force, which will bring about the freedom of India from British rule!

The following are the origins of the Theosophical Liberal Catholic Church, another perversion! The head of the Old Catholic Church in England, Archbishop Matthew, whose real name was Arnold Harris Mathews, was born at Montepelier of Irish parents. A student for Orders in the Scottish Episcopalian Church, he became a Catholic in 1875, and was ordained priest at Glasgow in June 1877. He gave up the priesthood July 1889, and in October 1890 he took the Italian name of Arnoldo Girolamo Povoleri, and married in 1892. He then called himself the Rev. Count Povoleri di Vincenza. About this time he also claimed and took the title of Earl of Llandaff. For a short time he was apparently reconciled with Rome, and in 1908 he was consecrated Bishop by Dr. Gerard Gul, who was head of the Old Catholic Church of Utrecht, Holland. The new bishop in turn consecrated two other unfrocked English priests, Mr. Ignace Beale and Mr. Arthur Howorth, and at the end of less than three years he founded the "Western Orthodox Catholic Church in Great Britain and Ireland," repudiating all subordination to Utrecht or Rome. Soon after this he induced his bishops to elect him archbishop. This Church took, successively, various names, and meanwhile the head tried, at different times, to negotiate for recognition and union with the Holy See, the Established Church, and the Orthodox Eastern Church. In 1911 he was formally excommunicated by the Holy See.

In 1913 he ordained Mr. James Ingall Wedgwood, then General Secretary to the English section of the Theosophical Society; Mr. Rupert Gauntlett, Secretary to an "Order of Healers" attached to the Theosophical Society, and also author of "Health and the Soul" - "a plea for magnetic-healing;" Mr. Robert King, expert in "psychic consultation based on the horoscope," and Mr. Reginald Farrer. All four had been students for the Anglican ministry, and had later joined the ranks of the Theosophists. Archbishop Matthew, who was completely ignorant about Theosophy, took fright on finding that Mr. Wedgwood and his companions were expecting the coming of a new Messiah, and failing to secure their recantation, he closed the Old Catholic Church and offered his submission to Rome, but withdrew it, and instead founded the "Western Uniate Catholic Church."

  Mr. Wedgwood, failing to obtain from Mr. Matthew the episcopal consecration he desired, was at length consecrated by Bishop F.S. Willoughby, who had himself been consecrated by Mr. Matthew in 1914, but was expelled the following year from the Old Catholic Church, by Mr. Matthew on account of facts which were then known. Mr. Willoughby consecrated first Mr. King and Mr. Gauntlett, and later, with their assistance, Mr. Wedgwood, February 13, 1916, and then made his submission to the Holy See. Mr. Wedgwood left immediately for Australia, and at Sydney consecrated Mr. C.W. Leadbeater, formerly an Anglican clergyman, as "Bishop for Australasia."

  In 1916 an assembly of bishops and clergy of the Old Catholic Church adopted a new constitution, which was published under Mr. Wedgwood's name, in which there was nowhere any mention of Theosophy or a new Messiah. However, in November 1918, there was another declaration of principles, in which the name of the Old Catholic Church was replaced by that of the Liberal Catholic Church. In the "Vahan," June 1, 1918, Mr. Wedgwood writes: "...Another part of the work of the Old Catholic Church is the spreading of theosophical teachings in Christian pulpits; and a third and most important side is the preparing of the hearts and minds of men for the coming of a Great Teacher."

In the Theosophist, October 1916, Mrs. Besant writes: "There is slowly growing up in Europe, silently but steadily, with its strongest center perhaps in Holland, but with members scattered in other European countries, the little-known movement called the Old Catholic, with the ancient ritual, with unchallenged Orders, yet holding itself aloof from the Papal Obedience. This is a living Christian Church which will grow and multiply as the years go on, and which has a great future before it, small as it yet is. It is likely to become the future Church of Christendom 'when He comes.'"

What of the "ancient ritual?" for we find in the "Theosophist," October 1917: "Bishop Leadbeater's great work, which he hopes to carry on uninterruptedly, is the preparation of the liturgy of the Old Catholic Church, in which Bishop Wedgwood, as presiding bishop, collaborates."

We are further told: "On Easter Sunday 1917, the revised liturgy was used at a Mass for the first time."  Again the "clairvoyant": "Bishop Leadbeater is investigating the occult side of the Mass, and is preparing a complete book on the 'Science of the Sacraments'" [93]

As Mr. Stanley Morison truly says in his book "Some Fruits of Theosophy," from which we have drawn the above information: "The so-called High Mass 'done' by Mr. Leadbeater has no connection with Christianity." It is merely a method of charging the elements and congregation with the forces of their Christ Maitreya.

In his introduction to Serpent Power, translated from the Sanskrit, Arthur Avalon, in criticizing Leadbeater's clairvoyant experiences, writes: "This experience appears to consist in the conscious arousing of the 'Serpent Fire' (Kundalini or sex-force) with the enhanced 'astral' and mental vision which he believes has shown him what he tells us." It is in fact altogether astral, laying him open to deception and mental suggestion from his so-called Masters.

This Eucharist Service, as described by C.W. Leadbeater (Bishop), in his "Science of the Sacraments," 1920, is pure paganism, a pantheistic conception evolved out of Illuminism.

Apparently it serves much the same purpose as the rituals and ceremonies of Illuminised occult orders, more especially the Corpus Christi ceremony, and those of the vernal and autumnal equinoxes which are held for the purpose of drawing down the astral light into the Order, reaffirming the link with the hidden Center. The Trinity of the Liberal Catholic Church is that of Paganism and Gnosticism. Their "Kingdom of Heaven" is the "Great White Brotherhood" - the so-called "communion of saints;" and their so-called Christ is Maitreya, whose power they attract and manifest during the service.

The whole scheme is a perversion of the Roman Catholic liturgy, deleted, added and altered, using the prayers, etc., as magical invocations or incantations, so as to generate a magnetic force, finer forces of Nature, which in turn attracts the universal life-forces, and through them the influences of their "World Teacher," or Maitreya, a method, Leadbeater says, "of spiritual outpouring to help on the evolution of the world!" Always the same old excuse of the Illuminati!

According to Leadbeater, in the "Asperges" the altar and congregation are enclosed in an "etheric astro-mental bubble" - an area cleared for the magical operation! The forces are generated by the fervor, devotion, and enthusiasm of the worshipers, by the ritual, music, and incense, creating vibrations; the Cross is the direction down which the forces descend upon the Host.

At High Mass a Triangle officiate, receiving and distributing the force, very similar, as we shall see, to triangles of power in all occult orders. A deacon and subdeacon, representing positive and negative, gather up the forces generated by the people, which they pass on to the priest, who stands in front of the altar before the Cross, and who, Leadbeater says, with the aid of attending angels and rays (seven aspects of the solar force), builds up an astro-mental, thought-form, eucharistic edifice over the elements, in the form of a Mosque with a square foundation having domes and minarets rising above, enclosing the elements within it. This becomes, he says, a center of magnetic radiation, condensing and distilling the fore, and can be "imagined as a power-house, the etheric eddying round the altar is the dynamo, and the celebrant is the engineer in charge!" The cleansing, he says, isolates the altar by "a shell of powerful magnetism," which later is extended, by a second censing, to enclose the congregation, binding them into a magical whole; they must then think not as individuals but as a body. The incense, more especially sandalwood, recommended by Leadbeater, loosens the astral body, inducing passivity, and prepares the people for the reception of the influences invoked.

The force from the congregation wells up and creates a vortex round the altar, down which rush the forces from above into the edifice and elements. The force radiating from the Host he describes as "a manifestation of the finer forces of matter, a stream of liquefied light, of living gold dust," that is the ether or so-called spirit of illuminism, and the communicant in turn radiates the force upon all around him. He further states: "A bishop lives in a condition of perpetual radiation of fore, and any sensitive person who approaches him will at once be aware of this...Whenever he chooses he can gather together this force and project it upon any desired object." This is simply the Astral Light or "Serpent Power" which slays or makes alive, and judging from the past history and present activities of some of these Liberal Catholic Theosophical bishops, can the force radiated and projected by them lead to anything but moral and mental disorder, even when used by them for magnetic healing?

That this is merely Illuminism, playing about with Nature's forces, is shown by the following statement made by Leadbeater: "The marvelous afflux of the Holy Euchrist is arranged to synchronize with and take advantage of a certain set of conditions in the daily relation of the earth to the sun. There is an outflow and a backflow of magnetic energy between sun and earth, a magnetic tide, as it were, and the hours of noon and midnight mark the change...Therefore the Holy Eucharist should never be celebrated after the hour of noon...the reserved Host may be administered at any time, or used for Benediction." [94]

What of our Anglican priests who are also Illuminati, is this in part their conception of the meaning of the Eucharist service? At the beginning of 1927 Mrs. Besant issued an appeal for £40,000 to purchase a Happy Valley in California, "where the seat of a higher-plane civilization may be prepared for the coming o the Messiah," with Krishnamurti as "vehicle!" And Krishnamurti himself writes of this valley, December 1926, in the "Herald of the Star."  "I have decided to stay at Ojai, California, till April, in order that I may help in building up the Center there...Ojai will be another World Center like Ommen (Eerde Castle, Holland). I am very glad indeed that we shall have our own school here in Ojai, and Mr. N.S. Rama Rao, M.A., of the university of Cambridge in England, and late Vice-Principal of the National University, Madras, India, has kindly consented to at as the Head Master..." [95]

We have seen that Mrs. Besant, the "Protector" of this Messiah, had formed an alliance with the political and subversive Grand Orient Freemasonry, who bring about their schemes by means of revolution. Of this "higher-plane civilization," Lady Emily Lutyens, one of Mrs. Besant's most faithful followers, writes in the Herald of the Star, March 1927: "We are witnessing the birth of a new-world consciousness, of a world civilization...We are witnessing all around us the destruction of the old world, the old civilization, with the corresponding suffering which destruction always brings in its train. Old traditions are being broken down, old customs destroyed, old landmarks swept away. the values of life are changing, the emphasis is being laid upon new conditions and point of view. With the suffering born of destruction goes also the birth pangs of the new world which is coming into being.

When the outer form becomes so rigid that the life is in danger of being crushed, when civilization has become too material, that form and that civilization are broken, in order that the life may be released...New world conditions demand a new Gospel, tensely individualistic religion, laying emphasis on personal salvation...but it is a spirit which must give way to the new trend of modern thought and to the world civilization which is being born. The new Gospel, if it is to meet the needs of the world, must be universal in its application, and the Christ today, by the mouth of Krishnaji, tells us that He comes to establish the Kingdom of Happiness on earth...There must be anarchy before there can be creation..." [96]

Through such instruments and by such teachings do these subtle masters of subversion and pervasion blind the people and pave the way to their long-thought-out "Universal Republic," The destruction of Christianity and all old civilizations. The destruction of Christianity is the ultimate goal of all Secret Societies - and all Secret Societies are formed and controlled by the Jews!

  Of this gradual overshadowing or obsession of Krishnamurti, by their master Maitreya, many have written as follows: In the Herald of the Star, January 1927, C. Jinarajadasa writes: "I knew that, in 1911, the great Teacher was experimenting with the young body of Krishnaji to attune it even then." As Leadbeater told him: "Even at that time the great Teacher was using the vehicles of Krishnaji as a pivot from which to discharge forces to movements in the world, of which Krishnaji knew nothing."

Twice he saw the Teacher's face in that of Krishnamurti: "The second occasion was one evening when I was reading to Krishnaji and his brother...I looked up at him, and there I saw that wonderful Face. Of course not a line of Krishnaji's face was changed...And yet there was such a change as it is utterly impossible to describe. I can only say, it was the face of the Lord."

In all occult societies the chiefs and advanced adepts, at times, look with the face of the Master and speak His words - a partial obsession! The Rev. Charles Hampton, of New York, writes, in the Herald of the Star, December 1926: "The Order of the Star in the East, which exists for the sole purpose of preparing the way for the Coming, has over 50,000 members throughout the world...The Head of the Order is Krishnamurti, who is now thirty-one years old. The 'Protector' is Mrs. Annie Besant, International President of the Theosophical Society...On December 28, 1911, the first overshadowing of the World Teacher took place at Benares, when the Head, then a boy of sixteen, was giving out some certificates of membership. No words were spoken. On that occasion, in the presence of over 400 people, among them many prominent men, the spiritual force was so obviously manifest that almost all of them spontaneously knelt. The overshadowing was unmistakable, but it only lasted a few minutes. It was, however, a most striking scene. Brahmans and Buddhists, Parsis and Christians, haughty Rajput Princes and gorgeously apparelled merchants, British Army officers, University professors, grey-haired men and young children - all in rapt devotion in the presence of an extraordinary spiritual outpouring flowing from a sixteen-year-old Hindu boy.

The next public manifestation came when Krishnamurti was thirty years old. On the evening of December 28 of last year he was speaking at the Jubilee Convention of the Theosophical Society at Adyar, in India. This time the World Teacher Himself spoke, although He only said a few sentences. Mr. Krishnamurti was explaining why the Teacher was coming and something of what He would do, when a Voice of penetrating sweetness, speaking in the first person, said these words: 'I come for those who want sympathy, who want happiness; who are longing to be released; who are longing to find happiness in all things; I come to reform not to tear down; not to destroy but to build.'...This same World Teacher will soon come again, speaking through another disciple, as he spoke through Jesus 1,926 years ago...In our view we draw a clear distinction between Jesus and Christ...We know that at the Baptism of Jesus, and again at the Transfiguration, something was added to Jesus that was not there before. That is perfectly explained by this distinction between the disciple Jesus and the Lord Christ...We look upon Krishnamurti as a disciple, whose body will be used by the World Teacher...At first months will separate the public manifestation of the Lord. Later He will speak more frequently, until we hope it will be possible for Christ to stay with us for many years. When He came before, He was only allowed to stay for three brief years doing public work, when He was murdered. As a result of that effort all He left was a little seed of 120 people...If we make it possible for Him to stay then times three years, what harvest will not that seed bring forth? When He came before, John the Baptist alone prepared the way for Him. Today tens of thousands of sincere people are His forerunners...We hope to make it possible for Him to stay many years once the body of His disciple is tempered to stand the strain sufficiently. Will the Christian Churches accept Him?..." [97]

In the Star Camp, Castle Eerde Ommen, July or August 1926, the Teacher again spoke through Krishnamurti to the assembled people, and briefly He told them the "only happiness worth possessing" was to act, think, and feel through the mind and heart of the Teacher! Here are two accounts of this occasion given by Geoffrey West in his "Life of Annie Besant": "A retired British officer writes: 'It happened at the evening camp fire...I suddenly felt an overwhelming impulse to remove my hat reverently...I was conscious that another voice than Krishnamurti's was speaking. The voice used old English (no uncommon habit with these Master!), which Krishnamurti had never done. This continued for four or five minutes, then Krishnamurti sat down. I was conscious of the utter stillness. Not only the two thousand pilgrims, but the very insects in the trees were quiet, and even the fire stopped crackling. We felt we had all become parts of one great body.'"

“Another witness, a Cambridge physicist...declared he saw a 'huge star over Krishnamurti's head burst into fragments and come raining down. For an instant I thought I was back in France'!" This astral light phenomenon is not unheard of in other Illuminised Orders; it is the illuminating 'Serpent Fire' projected by these hidden Masters, and more often it is hypnotic.

Finally, at Ommen 1927, Krishnamurti announced: "My Beloved and I are One." The obsession was completed, Krishnamurti's own personality was in absolute abeyance!

  In a pamphlet, issued by Mrs. Besant's Theosophical Society, on "The Doctrine of Rebirth Scientifically Examined," W.Y. Evans-Wentz, M.A., D.Litt., D.Sc., appears to attempt to prove the unprovable, and by quoting Celtic beliefs to show the possibility of the reincarnation of the so-called great teachers. As "the logical corollary to the rebirth doctrine...the gods are beings which once were men, and the actual race of men will in time become gods...According to the complete Celtic belief, the gods can and do enter the human world for the specific purposes of teaching men how to advance most rapidly towards the higher kingdom. In other words, all the great Teachers, Jesus, Buddha, Zoroaster, and many others...are...divine beings who in inconceivably past ages were men but who are now gods, able at will to incarnate into our world..."

The pamphlet ends: "In the same way, what in this generation is heretical alike to the Christian theologian and to the man of science, may in coming generations be accepted as orthodox."

I suggest that this reincarnation Maitreya is neither god nor divine being, but is more likely one of these Cabalistic Jews, still in the body of the flesh, whose aim is perversion of Christian beliefs. In a speech, given before the Esoteric School of the Theosophical Society, we find Mr. Baillie Weaver propounding the same theories; he said: "Equally inevitable also is the fact that these superhuman beings take a share in the governments of the world; that they appoint, train, and use pupils and agents, and from time to time come to earth to teach their less advanced brethren, and that this school is one of the agencies, both for training of pupils and the purpose of transmitting power."

Again, Mary Gray, of California, writing on the "Path of Probation" in the Herald of the Star, December 1926, says: "As the chela passed successfully the tests, as he prove his capacity to stand alone...he begins to draw closer to the Master and to share in His work. More power is made available for the chela's use, since it has to be proved that he can be trusted to react well to its stimulation. He begins to enter upon his period of service, in which he distributes the Master's force, or, more accurately, small portion of the force of the White Lodge, either in active service in the outer world or in intimate contact with those about him. The use of the force expands and develops his vehicles and their powers. His brain increases in power, his devotion in intensity and purity, his actions in accuracy, skill, and power...Moreover, he becomes more radiant a luminous, serene, and joyous figure in the dark atmosphere of worldly life. At the same time he begins definite training on the inner planes, in which he is taught the use and control of forces there. Little by little he gains knowledge of the control of the various elements there...In all these things he is taught how to command (forces)...in the name, and by the authority of the White Lodge, as an agent of its power..."

After the consummation of the coming, the "Order of the Star in the East" assumed a new name. They apparently believed that the star of the World Teacher was at last among them and that they no longer required to look for it in the East, and no longer required a herald to announce His coming, so it very simply was reduced to announce His coming, so it very simply was reduced to the "Order of the Star," with its national organ the "Star Review." Its organization was said to be international and national, but nevertheless it was universal. Its objects were said to be (1) To draw together all those who believe in the presence of the World Teacher in the world; (2) to work with Him for the establishment of His ideals. Its international magazine was the Star.

In the February issue of this Review, 1928, through his mouthpiece, Krishnamurti, the World Teacher, in the name of liberation, expounds his doctrine of absolute negation, necessary for the building up of his new Kingdom, the peace, unity and happiness of universality and individualization. Here are a few extracts from teachings given at Ommen, August 1927, and at Paris, September 27, 1927: "The purpose, the manner of attaining this happiness, of gaining this liberation, is in your own hand. It does not lie in the hand of some unknown god, or in temples or in churches, but in your own self. For temples, churches, and religions bind, and you must be beyond all dreams of God in order to attain this Liberation. There is no external God as such who urges us to live nobly, or to live basely; there is but the voice of our own intuition...When that voice is sufficiently strong, when that voice, the result of accumulated experience, is obeyed, and you yourself become that voice, then you are God...So the most important thing is to uncover this God within each one of you. That is the purpose of life; to awaken the dormant God (the unused sex-force, the Kundalini within you) to give  life to the speak which exists in each one of us, so that we become a flame (illuminised), and join the eternal flame of the world (the universal life-force or either, as above so below, of Hermes)...In the permanent is established, is seen, the only God in the world, yourself that has been purified."

Here we have the creed of Cabalistic Jew, the "Deified Man." Now Krishnamurti being merely the "vehicle," the flame, the voice and intuition within him, and which he listens to, can only be those of the World Teacher; remembering this, the following extract is interesting: "And so it is my desire that you should not be mesmerized by anything I say, because if you are put to sleep by my words or by my thought, by my desire, by my longings, you will be just as much in prison or even more so than you were before you came to this place."

But is this not just what has happened? A negative body prepared for the reception of these hypnotic suggestions; do his followers not all live and move and have their beings, as it were, in Krishnamurti as the 'vehicle' of the World Teacher? By their Liberal Catholic Church Mass do they not one and all unite in communion with this World Teacher, this so-called Christ?

Further, in a poem in his book "The Search," an absolute freedom from everything is required, freedom from the narrowness of tradition, custom, habit, feeling, thought, religion, worship, adoration, nation, family possession, love, friendship, even thy God, etc., then all barriers will have fallen; and what is to take their place? The flame, the voice, the intuition from the World Teacher, the New Kingdom of Happiness, the hypnotic control of Illuminism!

And who is this World Teacher? Mrs. Besant in the "Herald of the Star," April 1927, enlightens us. Speaking of Krishnamurti's "great initiations," where, in the first, she promised the "Great Ones" to guard him with her power, and Leadbeater promised to guide him with his wisdom (here we have, with Krishnamurti as the apex, the Triangle necessary for the manifestation of the power of the World Teacher!), she says: "And then the day came when our office ended...we took the child, whom we had received as guardians, as a man no longer wanting aught of us (the manifestation being accomplished!)...to the Lord Maitreya...the then bud had blossomed out into a wonderful flower; and that flower is placed at the feet of its Owner, the Lord Maitreya, the Christ, the Savior of the World."

Again, in the "Herald of the Star," March 1927, she said at Ojai, California: "As much as each can see will be to each of you the manifestation of the Christ. For my own part, who know Him in His far-off Himalayan home (astrally), where I have heard Him speak of His Coming, and being here with our Krishnaji, I need not say how, having love Him for so long a time, I rejoice to recognize in Him the Presence of our Lord." Is this not a liberation unto bondage, a body prepared in which to sow the seeds of world disintegration, by the power working behind and through Grand Orient Judeo-Masonry, to which Mrs. Besant's Co-Masonry is allied?

And what is the outcome of this manifestation? At the 1929 Ommen Camp Krishnamurti announced that the Order of the Star was to be dissolved; all he had desired was to lead people to "freedom," but, he said, they did not want freedom. Mr. Lansbury, for many years a flower of Mrs. Besant and believer in the World Teacher's mission, making the best of the apparent failure, said: "Krishnamurti has broken the bondage of mere organization...with a magnificent gesture he has bid the surrounding young people of all races to develop their own individuality in their own way, responsibility for one's life and character depending on oneself."

A correspondent in the "Patriot," August 29, 1929, gives some interesting details as to what went on at this Camp Meeting at Ommen which we give verbatim: "I have studied Theosophy and its kindred movements, such as Co-Masonry, the Liberal Catholic Church, and the Star, for some years, and have formed the definite opinion that behind the mask of the innocent study of symbolism, brotherhood, and comparative religion there lies a deep-seated anti-British organization. The link between these movements is Dr. Annie Besant...

Last year the camp at Ommen was a most astounding place. though the key-note of the Star teaching is 'freedom for all,' the camp was surrounded by a seven-foot barbed-wire fence; all members had to wear a label which showed clearly their name and number, and without which they were not allowed in or out of the camp; there were endless irritating rules and regulations, all destined to reduce the inmates to the last stage of servility.

Brotherhood among the different nationalities was supposed to prevail, but it was noticeable that the German contingent, who were frequently in positions of authority, took every opportunity of insulting the English and French members, the Englishmen always allowing themselves and their womankind to be thus treated.

The table manners of the campers would have disgraced a farmyard, though, of course, Krishnamurti did not feed with the common herd, but in luxury at Eerde Castle, the residence of Baron von Pallandt, a prominent member of the Theosophical Society, who also holds a very high degree in the co-Masonic Order.

The camp was for men and women of any class, creed, or color, and it was customary to force well-bred Englishwomen at every meal to wait upon Indian and African natives mostly in their native dress. These women were reduced to such a state that they literally fawned upon the colored men, beseeching them to eat, and often producing special tit-bits for them, while their fellow-countrymen went hungry.

The clothing worn by many of the members was as scanty as was compatible with the most elementary decency. Photographs brought home prove this, and copies of these photographs are in the possession of the Authorities, and also in my possession. One of these shows a native, in native dress, walking round the camp with an English girl clad in nothing but a flimsy shirt and a pair of shorts, each with an arm around the other.

Among other details, the smell of either from one of the tents at night was overpowering; this drug, according to some occultists, being one of the most powerful in 'liberating the spirit from the body.'

The 1929 camp at Ommen has just ended, and it was apparently there that Krishnamurti publicly announced that the Order of the Star would be dissolved. What is going to happen to his unfortunate dupes who have followed him slavishly, have given up their own religion, and who have worshiped him blindly is impossible to say. His own words and writings urge them to have no other support but themselves, which in plain English means having no other support but him; he is now casting them away with broken beliefs, no ideals, and no leader or Teacher on whom to rely. He has undermined their faith in God and their country, and now leaves them in a state of utter chaos. Is it possible that things have been rendered too hot for the Order of the Star to continue? Is it because they have fought among themselves? Or can it be that Dr. Besant and the black Messiah have ceased to see eye to eye in their anti-Empire and occult activities? Time will show; at present let us be duly thankful that one group, at any rate, of the subversive societies is as a house divided against itself, and there are still loyal men and women who will risk their time, money, and even more in unrewarded service to their King in order to unmask these subversive and seditious organizations."

Nothing could be more damning than the above, but yet it is only a glimpse of the real diabolical work that is being slowly carried out through secret societies and many other movements, some apparently harmless. It is the work of the same disintegration power as is being carried on in Russia through the "Godless" and similar groups; it means the degradation of humanity, the death of its soul, making it lower even than the brute-beast.

  In these secret societies the methods are ever the same; it is gradual obsession by this hidden power through so-called illumination, or the age-old illuminism by means of the perversion of the sex or create forces in man and in Nature. This is shown in the symbol of the Theosophical Society.

The symbol represents Illumination or Initiation. Most of these esoteric and secret Orders are ruled and directed by the invisible Masters of the Great White Lodge, and under their instructions illumination is artificially and intensively induced in a comparatively short time. The individual, as directed, works from within, while the master works from without, both using this "Serpent Power" - the dual creative forces of all Nature, the forces of attraction and repulsion. The individual, by means of exercises, meditations, etc., inspired by these masters, awakens within himself this "Serpent Power" - the Kundalini or unused sex-forces - which lies coiled up in the lower part of the body. It is said to be sublimated or purified by fire and water, as indicated by the hexagram or interlaced triangles, the Jewish Star of power, or more correctly perverted; and rising up through the nerve-centers, vivifying them, awaking clairvoyance, clairaudience, and intuition, the head and the tail, the positive and negative forces, unite at the base of the nose, the Pineal Gland. The symbol in the small circle above is the Svastica or electric Hammer of Thor, a whirling, disintegrating electric force breaking down the protective barriers, the will and the reason, creating a vortex down which enters the outside magnetic force of light from the masters. Thus the adept is illuminised, and the Etheric Link is formed by these controlling masters from without just as in the Liberal Catholic Mass.

The Ankh in the center is the Egyptian symbol of life, it is the creative principle, the lingram. The encircling serpent isolates, conserving the force within, rendering powerful the illuminised tool. This tool is ready for the appointed work; he is free, not to use his freedom for himself, but for these masters. It is a liberation unto bondage. At the top of the symbol is the three, the triangle of power or unity, by means of which the power is manifested in the Order and individual.

Illuminism can be individual, group, or world, and this can be applied to present world conditions. World revolution, the electric Hammer of Thor. Its consummation, invisible world domination through prepared and illuminised "vehicles."

Take the "Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion," which have been marvelously correct as prophecy, whatever their first origin, before M. Joly used part of them in 1864: Page 10: "Today I can assure you that we are only within a few strides of our goal. There remains only a short distance, and the Cyclone of the Symbolic Serpent, that badge of our people, will be complete. When this circle is locked, all the States of Europe will be closed in it, as it were, by unbreakable chains. The existing constructional scales will soon collapse, because we are continually throwing them out and destroying their efficiency." [98]

Page 90: "...Constantinople is shown (on the sketch of the course of the Symbolic Serpent) as the last stage of the Serpent's course before it reaches Jerusalem. Only a short distance still remains before the Serpent will be able to complete its course by uniting its head and its tail..."

Page 16: "Who or what can dethrone an invisible power? Now, this is just what our Government is. The Masonic Lodge (esoteric) throughout the world unconsciously acts as a mask for our purpose. But the use we are going to make of this power in our plan of action, and even our headquarters, remain perpetually unknown to the world at large."

Mr. Philip Graves, in his book, "Palestine, the Land of Three Faiths," speaking of the Okhrana, or Tzarist Secret Police, said that these police knew the Jewish and non-Jewish revolutionaries so well that it was said no one knew where the Okhrana ended and the revolution began!

  After reading "The Tcheka," by George Popoff, one is inclined to ask, who is the ruling power behind the Tcheka, and who was the power behind the Tzarist Okhrana, many members of which remain in the service of the Tcheka? Was I not Jewish and occult? According to Popoff, whoever took service under the Tcheka immediately changed, and from simple, honest men became crafty, brutalized, and fanatical, and during the examinations of prisoners appeared to use hypnotic force.

Is the same not true of most of those who are entrapped by these secret and subversive societies? They enter with high ideals, seeking spiritual development for themselves an others, the result being often a fanatical obsession, perverting all that is high and sacred; curiously enough, invariably the higher the ideals the greater the blind acceptance of their master's call to take part in their diabolical work of destruction.

  Further it is interesting to find that the oath of secrecy and silence demanded from the candidate and adept is always in connection with the astral methods of contacting these masters and the real aims and work of the order as directed by them in this mysterious secrecy and silence. Of the Theosophical Oath, René Guénon writes: "One thing with which secret societies, and in particular Freemasonry, is most often reproached is the obligation under which they compel their members to take an oath the nature of which varies, as also the extent of the obligations which they impose; it is in most cases an oath of silence, to which is added sometimes an oath of obedience to the orders of the chiefs known or unknown. The oath of silence may itself concern either the methods of recognition or the special ceremonial used by the society, or even the existence of the latter, its organization, or the name of its members; more often it applies in a general way to what is said and done in it, to the power exercised, and to the teachings received in it under one form or another. Sometimes they are pledges or another kind, such as the promise to conform to certain rules of conduct which can, with good reason, appear abusive as soon as they take the form of a solemn oath ...What alone interests us at the present is this, that if it is a valid reproach against Masonry and against some other societies more or less secret...it is equally valid against the Theosophical Society. The latter, it is true, is not a secret society in the complete sense of the word, because it has never made a mystery of its existence, and the greater part of the members do not try to conceal their grade...For our present purpose we will here admit as sufficient the opinion according to which a secret society is not necessarily a society which conceals its existence or its members, but is, above all, a society which has secrets, whatever their nature may be. If this is so, the Theosophical Society can be regarded as a secret society, and its very division into 'exoteric' and 'esoteric' sections would be sufficient proof; be it understood, in speaking here of 'secrets' we do not mean by that the signs of recognition, but the teaching strictly reserved to members or certain among them to the exclusion of others, and for which they exact the oath of silence; these teachings in Theosophy appear, above all, to be those relating to 'psychic development,' since such is the essential aim of the 'esoteric' section...

Let us now return to Mme. Blavatsky's statements, and let us see what concerns the oath of silence: 'As far the inner section actually known as the 'esoteric' since 1880, the following rule has been determined and adopted: 'No member shall use for personal ends anything which has been communicated to him by a member of the higher section. The infraction of this rule will be punished by expulsion.' However, now, before receiving any communication of this kind, the postulant must take the solemn oath never to use it for personal ends, and never to reveal anything confided to him, unless he is authorized to do so.' [99] Elsewhere she refers to these teachings, which must be kept secret: 'Although we reveal all that is possible, we are nevertheless obliged to omit many important details which are only known to those who study the esoteric philosophy, and who, having then taken the oath of silence, are consequently alone authorized to know them.' [100] In another passage allusion is made to 'a mystery relating directly to the power of consciously and voluntarily projecting the 'double' (astral body), which is never revealed to anyone except 'chelas,' who have taken an irrevocable oath, that is, to those who can be trusted.' [101] Mme. Blavatsky insists, above all, upon the obligation to observe always this oath of silence, obligatory even for those who, voluntarily or not, should have ceased to take part in the society: she puts this matter in these words: 'A man who is asked to leave or forced to resign from the section, is he free to reveal things which he has been taught, or infringe one or other of the clauses of the oath he has taken?' And she replies: 'The fact of resigning or being sent away frees him only from the obligation to obey his teacher, and from taking an active part in the work of the society, but does in no way free him from the sacred promise to guard the secrets which have been confided to him...All men and women who possess the slightest sense of honor will understand that an oath of silence taken on a word of honor, still more taken in the name of his 'Higher Self,' the god hidden in us, must keep it until death, and that although having left the society no man or woman of honor would dream of attacking the society to which they were thus bound.' [102]

We also see from these quotations that the oath of silence taken in the 'esoteric' section includes an oath of obedience to the 'teachers' of the Theosophical Society. One is forced to believe that this obedience is carried very far, as there have been examples of members who, ordered to sacrifice a great part of their fortune in favor of the society, have done so without hesitation. These pledges, or which we have just spoken, still exist, as also the 'esoteric' section itself...which could not exist under any other conditions...In such a circle all independence is entirely abolished." [103]

Mrs. Besant, on her return from India in 1924, demanded from all members of the "esoteric" section an oath of implicit belief in and obedience to her as the mouthpiece of the hidden Masters. However, the London Lodge, numbering about sixty members, refused to comply or recognize Mrs. Besant's autocratic rule and political aims. They therefore formed a small group outside her jurisdiction for the study  of comparative religion. The "esoteric" section of the Theosophical Society is said to consist of three inner circles, Learners, Accepted our Initiates, and Masters of the Great White Lodge. Very similar to the "Temple of the Desert" in the Near East, to which some of these hidden masters belong, as will be seen when speaking of the "Stella Matutina."

  Mrs. Besant's political aims were largely connected with disrupting India under the mistaken idea of forming India's heterogeneous peoples and religions into a "self-governing community."

In 1907 from social work she turned to politics, although not until 1913 did she definitely declare for Home Rule. Lord Sydenham, speaking in the House of Lords, October 24, 1917, said of Mrs. Besant and her aims: "She wrote a book, which contains more reckless defiance of facts than I have ever seen compressed into the same small space, and in her paper New India...she said that 'India was a perfect Paradise' for 5,000 years before our advent, that it had become 'a perfect Hell' owing to the 'brutal British Bureaucracy.'...The Government of Madas decided to enforce the provisions of the Press Act, and Mrs. Besant was ordered to give security for the good conduct of her paper. As the violence of New India continued quite unabated, the security was sequestrated. That gave her a right to appeal to the High Court of Madras. The case was heard by three judges, of whom two were Indians, and the action of the Madras Government was confirmed...Well might one of these judges point out that 'this pernicious writing must tend to encourage assassination by removing public detestation of such a crime.'"

In his book, "India as I knew it," Sir Michael O'Dwyer wrote: "Mrs. Besant's Home Rule Movement in India, which was afterwards adopted and amplified by the Indian extremists, was started in 1916 soon after the Easter Monday rebellion in Ireland." It was introduced as a private bill in 1925 and again in 1927, but it aroused little or no interest except among the Labourites who sponsored it.

Mrs. Besant was one of the original promoters and share-holders in the Socialist Publication Company, registered April 12, 1918, under the title of Victoria House Printing Co., Ltd., in which Mr. Landsbury and other Theosophists were the moving spirits. This company produced the Herald, which became the Daily Herald in March 1919.

                                                                                                   Chapter One

                                                         The Bible Says: Russia Will Invade America! In Two Parts

                                                                                                (And be Defeated)

                                                                                                             

                                                                                                      Part One

                                                                                  The Scouts and Forward Troops

                                                                                                             

With the consolidation of a one‑world government in what appears to be the end of the so‑called cold war and the admission of relations between the Soviet Union [Gog], China [Magog] and the United States of America [The regathered 13 tribes of Israel], are we still to expect a full‑scale Russian and Chinese military invasion of America?

For many years, patriotic Christians have been waiting for a military invasion of America by the Russians and the Chinese because they thought Ezekiel prophesied it in Chapters 38 and 39. We recognized modern Israel in these Chapters to be America, not the outlaw state called Israel in Palestine because of clues such as verse 8.

After many days thou shalt be visited: in the latter years thou shalt  come into the land that is brought back from the sword, and is gathered out  of many people, against the mountains of Israel, which have been always  waste: but it is brought forth out of the nations, and they shall dwell safely all of them.

America is definitely "gathered out of many people" and "brought forth out of the nations," because it is called "the great melting pot" nation.

The phrase "brought back from the sword" was always interpreted to mean "peaceful." And this seemed to fit America, which hasn't been torn by constant internal wars the way Palestine and Europe has been for the last 40 years. "They shall dwell safely (confidently) all of them," also seemed to corroborate this view as in verse 11: And thou shalt say, I will go up to the land of unwalled villages; I will to them that are at rest, that dwell safely, all of them dwelling  without walls, and having neither bars nor gates.

America has been thought of as a land of unwalled villages ‑ towns and cities that aren't protected from constant military attack (as in Palestine).

These clues, coupled with the larger study of the true identity of Israel in scripture, told us that if this prophecy was to be fulfilled in modern times it would have to be America that was going to be invaded, and not Palestine. On top of that, we were told that Russia had to be the invader because of the names listed: "Meshech" and "Tubal." "Meshech" was the ancient name for the city of Moscow and "Tubal" was the ancient name for "Tobolsk," another Russian city.

So for years we have been looking over our shoulders, dreading the atom bomb, missiles, planes with paratroopers and bombs falling out of them, Soviet tanks rolling down Main Street, USA and Ruskies and Chinese troops with M‑16's and AK‑47's on every street corner.

But, suddenly, the big bad Communist enemies have come out of the closet and admitted to being a western political pervert. Like all the other nations, it is a puppet of the International Jewish Bankers, and now is coming to the U.S. Government for advice on how to enslave their people more efficiently. Apparently, their old ways have been abandoned for the more efficient "Western" ways of enslaving the people of a land.

The Berlin wall, as a symbol of Communist isolationism seems to be no longer needed. American merchandise is being sold in Russia and Americans are sporting clothes and other merchandise with Russian writing or the Hammer and Sickle on them. With all the euphoria over the "new peaceful relations" there seems to be no further need for the American Government and the Western Bankers to continue staging "The Communist Enemy" image.    

With the U.S. Government operating under the ten planks of the Communist Manifesto, and with historical proof that the Soviet beast was designed, built and financed by the same plutocratic families that continue to control the U.S. Government, we now see that the Soviet and the U.S. Government have never really been at odds. They've been allies all along in their International Conspiracy. So, what are we to conclude about Ezekiel 38 and 39? Who is the real invader? Were all those Christian Identity Pastors wrong in thinking that these Chapters were really the "Russian and Chinese Chapters?"

The delusion of Futurism has appeared to have tainted many Identity Christians' perspective of Ezekiel 38 and 39. While some are still waiting for "the future return of Jesus Christ" and "the future establishment of His Kingdom [of which there is no doubt]," or "the future Rapture of the saints [Which will not happen]" off this planet, some are also still awaiting "the future Russian invasion of America." In all cases their telescopic tunnel vision has appeared to blind them to what's happening right here and now. They always seem to be in a "someday" mode, thinking that this "someday" is the answer to everything. "Someday" the Russians will invade America and be defeated. "Someday" the Kingdom will come and everything will be great. Of this the Scriptures plain testify to. As a result, the important things of this life slip by these Christians who train their eyes solely upon the future. They are blinded to the significance of current events because they are too busy hanging around, wasting time, waiting for "Someday" to come.

However, those who are not under the powerful influence of Futurism can more readily see, by reading Ezekiel 38 and 39, that America has already been invaded ‑ and not just by "The Russians!"

The Basics of War

The Russian military invasion scenario has come from interpretations based strictly upon a military mind set; in terms of planes, tanks, bombs, missiles, guns, infantry, ships, submarines, etc. Thus, the ancient military weapons in Ezekiel (swords, bucklers, shields, horses, etc) are merely updated to correspond to modern weapons. But, this theory doesn't take into account the fact that there is much more to war than military weapons. In China, in the first millennium B.C., Sun Tzu wrote The Art Of War; a manual on how to be successful in warfare. Its principles are so timeless that it is still applicable to warfare today, 2500 years later.

It has been required reading in the Soviet military/political hierarchy for years and has been available in the Russian language for centuries. [104] Besides discussing ways of inspiring soldiers to fight, the cost of raising and supporting an army, troop maneuvering, using the terrain to your army's advantage, etc., Sun Tzu also states: "All warfare is based on deception."

When your army is able to attack, it must seem unable. When your army is close to the enemy, you must make the enemy believe that you are far away, and vice versa. Attack your enemy where he is unprepared. Appear where you are not expected. Pretend to be weak, so your enemy will grow arrogant.

According to The Art of War, if you could make your adversary think there is no invasion, then the covert invasion would be more successful. Tzu also states that a good strategist should be able to overcome the enemy without even unsheathing his sword (i.e., without using military weapons). An invading nation could fare very well, plundering their enemy's resources, wealth and manpower, if they waged their invasion through the deception that there was no invasion. Ezekiel verifies that plunder is the goal of the enemy in Ezekiel 38:

To take a spoil, and to take a prey; to turn thine hand upon the  desolate places that are now inhabited, and upon the people that are  gathered out of the nations, which have gotten cattle and goods, that dwell in the midst of the land.

                                                                                                   Chapter Two

Merchants’ War

One aspect of the prophecy in Ezekiel that seems to have been overlooked or unemphasized is the background of the invaders. Gog, the prince of Magog, Meshech, Tubal and Rosh (the KJV leaves out the reference to Rosh which is in the original Hebrew) have always been associated with Russia because "Meshech" is the ancient name for "Moscow" and "Tubal" is the ancient name for "Tobolsk." But there are more invaders than just those associated with Russia:

3). And say, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold, I am against thee, O Gog, the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal:

5). Persia, Ethiopia (Cush), and Libya (Phut) with them; all of them with shield and helmet:

6). Gomer, and all his bands; the house of Togarmah of the north quarters, and all his bands: and many people with thee.

13). Sheba, and Dedan, and the merchants of Tarshish, with all the young lions thereof, shall say unto thee, Art thou come to take a spoil: hast thou gathered thy company to take a prey? to carry away silver and gold, to take away cattle and goods, to take a great spoil?

You can find the family references of most all these names in Genesis 10:1‑9 which states that they are all descendants of Ham or Japeth, except for Rosh and Persia. So in basic terms, the invasion prophesied in Ezekiel 38 and 39 consists mostly of the descendants of Ham and Japeth coming against the descendants of Shem. It is a fight between the descendants of Noah's sons. These names are listed again in Ezekiel 27 where we find that most all of them are merchants:

10). They of Persia and of Lud and of Phut (Ethiopia) were in thine army, thy men  of war: they hanged the shield and helmet in thee; they set forth thy comeliness.

   12). Tarshish was thy merchant by reason of the multitude of all kind of riches; with silver, iron, tin               and lead, they traded in thy fairs.

13). Javan, Tubal, and Meshech, they were thy merchants: they traded the persons of men and vessels of  brass in thy market.

14). They of the house of Togarmah traded in thy fairs with horses and horsemen and mules.

15). The men of Dedan were thy merchants; many isles were the merchandise of thine hand: they  brought thee for a present horns of ivory and ebony.

20. Dedan was thy merchant in precious clothes for chariots.

21). The merchants of Sheba and Rasmah, they were thy merchants: they occupied in  thy fairs with chief of all spices, and with all precious stones, and gold.

Obviously, this war against Israel (described by Ezekiel) is being waged by merchants, and not just the military ‑ and not just Russians. Merchant rulers (Plutocrats: those who rule by wealth) are the enemies of any nation, including the people of Israel! War is a familiar concept to merchants. Business strategy is taught to them in the same terms as war strategy. That is why Sun Tzu's The Art of War is recommended reading for students taking business courses. Other men have also realized that money can be a weapon of war used by Plutocrats to invade and conquer nations through government: "I believe that banking institutions are more dangerous to our  liberties than standing armies. Already they have raised up a money  aristocracy that has set the government at defiance. The issuing power (of money) should be taken from the banks, and restored to the people to whom it belongs." [105] ; "The issue which has swept down the centuries and which will have to be fought sooner or later is the People vs. the Banks." [106] ; "My agency in promoting the passage of the National Bank Act was the  greatest financial mistake of my life. It has built up a monopoly which affects every interest in the country. It should be repealed, but before that can be accomplished, the people will be arrayed on one side and the banks on the other, in a contest such as we have never before seen in this  country." [107] ; "Every effort has been made by the Federal Reserve Board (FED) to  conceal its powers, but the truth is ‑ the FED has usurped the government. It controls everything here (in Congress) and it controls all our foreign  relation. It makes and breaks governments at will." [108]

The actual conflict, then, is not as elementary as we have been led to believe. It is not Russians and Chinese vs. Americans, or Communism vs. Capitalism. There is a bigger behind‑the‑scenes power structure.

The Soviet union was created approximately 75 years ago by the descendants of the same Plutocratic families that took control of the world through London a few centuries ago, and then took control of America in the 1800's. The Soviet Union was created [by the Jewish International Bankers] to give the appearance of being in conflict with 'Capitalism' when, in fact, it is not. The fake 'conflict' between the USSR and the USA [ostensible adversaries] enhanced the Plutocrats' ability to control the earth through their dialectic system of brainwashing.

The Plutocrats made it appear to the world that the two 'superpowers' were pitted against each other in a deadly conflict. However, the truth of the matter is that the two governments [USA and the USSR] have worked together all along. In fact, the finances and industry imported into the USSR to create it, and then constantly keep shoring it up, have come out of the USA and Western [so‑called democratic] banks. The 'Capitalist' versus 'Communist' stage play has been playing on the word stage for 75 years for the purpose of diverting and occupying the public mind so that no one notices what is really happening behind the scenes.

Proof of the above statement lies in the fact that on at least 13 major occasions since 1917, when the Soviet Union has been on the verge of economic collapse, it has been this "terrible imperalist" country, the United States of America, using your tax dollars, that has put them on their feet. It has proven that they cannot even feed their own people without our help, yet obviously this man believes the Communist brainwashing he has received.

13 Times America Has Saved The Soviet Union From Destruction

1). 1918‑1919 : The Treaty of Brest‑Litovsk, signed March 15, 1918, between Russia and Germany removed Russia from the side of the Allies, added to the political chaos within Russia, and caused additional political and military problems for the Allies. On June 2, 1918, the Allied Supreme War Council voted for military intervention at Murmansk and Archangel in North Russia by a force of mixed nationalities under British command. The original objectives of the expedition were limited: to establish a rallying point for those Czech troops inside Russia who were still loyal to the Allies, to guard the supplies sent to the  northern ports for the Imperial Russian Army, and to prevent the establishment of German naval bases at the northern ports.

On July 17, 1918, President Woodrow Wilson (A Marrano Jew whose name when the family lived in Germany and were openly Jewish, they spelled the name Wolfson. When they moved to England they followed the Jewish custom of altering their name so it would appear Western in origin, it became Wohlson. Then when they moved to the United States they changed it again, and this time it became Wilson) agreed with his Jewish advisors to furnish American troops for the intervention of this plan.

On August 9, 1918, the 339th Infantry Regiment, 1st Battalion of the 310th Engineers, 337th Field Hospital, and 337th Ambulance Company, all elements of the 85th Infantry Division, were officially designated the "Murmansk Expedition."

On August 27 the expedition, consisting of 143 officers and 4,344 enlisted men under the command of Lt. Col. George E. Stewart, sailed from Newcastle‑on‑Tyne in England and arrived at Archangel on September 4 where, with other Allied forces, it became part of the command of Maj. Gen. F.C. Poole, British Army.

American troops soon began to deploy along the front 450 miles long, extending from Onega in the west to Pinega in the east, and at some points 200 miles distant from Archangel the site of Headquarters, AEF, North Russia, and also Allied Headquarters. Between September 1918 and May 1919 troops of AEF, North Russia, suffered over 500 casualties {mostly Americans} in combat against the Russian 6th and 7th Armies.

In addition to the troops composing AEF, North Russia, there were two other American contingents in the area. The American Military Mission to Russia, headed by Col. James A. Ruggles and including several assistant military attaches, reported on significant political and military events to the War Department and to David Francis, U.S. Ambassador to the Provisional {Bolshevik} Government of the Northern Provinces.

The North Russia Transportation Corps Expeditionary Forces, consisting of the 167th (Operations) and 168th (Maintenance) Companies, Transportation Corps, were sent to Murmansk in march and April 1919 to operate and maintain the Murmansk Railway so that a line of withdrawal for the icebound Allied force at Archangel might be kept open. Maj. Edward E. MacMorland commanded this contingent, which operated and maintained the Murmansk Railway from its headquarters at Soroka.

Early in 1919 President Wilson and his chief advisers decided it was time to withdraw all American forces from North Russia. (Their mission had been completed and to prevent an international scandal they were withdrawn)

During May 1919 Brig. Gen. Wilds Richardson, who had assumed command of all U.S. forces in north Russia on April 9, began to concentrate AEF, North Russia, around Archangel preparatory to return to the United States via Brest, France.

By June 27 the last of AEF, North Russia, had left for Brest. On July 28 the North Russia Transportation Corps Expeditionary Forces left Murmansk for Brest, and on August 5, 1919, Headquarters, AEF, North Russia, was discontinued.

2). 1919‑1920 : After many months of prodding by America's Allies and top advisers in the State Department, President Woodrow Wilson agreed in early July 1918 to permit limited U.S. participation in an Allied expedition to Siberia. Among the reasons Wilson gave for this move by the United States were: to extricate Czechoslovak Armed Forces from Siberia who had been attempting to reach the Western Front; to guard allied  military stores at Vladivostok; and to aid the Russian {Bolshevik} people themselves in "self‑government and self‑defense."

Soon after Wilson's announcement, the War Department made speedy preparations for the transfer of the 27th and 31st Infantry Regiments from the Philippine Islands to Vladivostok. In addition, Maj. Gen. William Graves, who was designated commander of the expedition, received orders to select an additional 5,000 men and officers from his 8th Division stationed at Camp Fremont, Calif., to supplement these two infantry regiments.

On August 3, 1918, orders were sent from the Adjutant General in Washington to the two regiments in the Philippines and to Graves in California to embark for Vladivostok, where they were to establish American Headquarters. The bulk of the expeditionary forces landed in Siberia between August 15 and September 2.

Immediately upon arrival, elements of the 27th and 31st Infantry Regiments took up guard duty along the Ussuri Railroad line from Vladivostok to Nikolsk.

During late August and September the remainder of the 27th Infantry under Col. Henry Styer participated in an Allied offensive that pushed back Russian forces in the Spasskoe‑Ussuri region. By November most of this fighting had subsided, and the primary tasks of the AEF in Siberia became railroad garrison duty, care of prisoners of war, and guarding Allied supples at Vladivostok.

In the Spring of 1919, an inter‑Allied agreement on guarding the Trans‑Siberian Railroad resulted in the assignment of American forces to several widely separated sections of the railroad line: Vladivostok to Nikolsk‑Ussuri, Ugolnaya to the Suchan Mines, Spasskoe to Ussuri, and (1,700 miles further west) Verkhne‑ Udinsk to Mysovaya.

During the period May through August 1919, the garrisons at Ugolnays, Ussuri, Razodolnoe, the Suchan Mines, and Shkotovo sustained the heaviest casualties of the expedition because of strikes, riots, and Russian guerrilla activity. Conditions were so bad that American forces were removed from Shkotovo and the Suchan Mines in August.

Other American garrisons, however, maintained their stations until January 9, 1920, when the War Department ordered the entire AEF in Siberia to assemble at Vladivostok in order to return to Manila. (The Bolshevik takeover was complete) On April 1, 1920, General Graves closed his headquarters, and the last American units departed from Siberia.

3). 1921 : A famine in the Ukraine, where Stalin murdered more than 7‑million kulaks  by starvation. This caused famine throughout the Soviet Union and America sent them over $74‑ million in food through a so‑called conservative by the name of Herbert Hoover. However, this help was sent under the guise of "Belgian Relief." Which must have been quite a shock to the Belgians who had just made one of the greatest harvests of food in their history.

4). 1928 : America sent Russia the money whereby they were able to change from a so‑called "agrarian" to an "industrial" society ‑‑ Standard Oil contributed over $20‑million, with healthy contributions from General Electric. While at the same time Averiell Harriman, Sr. was sent to Moscow by our government to put their mines back into operation again.

5). 1930 : During the 1930's the United States built their automobile industry and the steel industry at Gorki, modeled after our plants at South Bend, Indiana. Only five times as large. While at the same time the American government was using taxpayer dollars built the Russians the world's largest hydro‑  electric plant on the Dnepr River.

6). 1935 : The American government sent grain and medical help to Russia during a time of intense famine. It is almost certain that the Communist government would have collapsed at this time without this help, as there were food riots over the entire Soviet Union.

7). 1939 : The Communist Government under Stalin's rule, was so shaky that the Russian Army was on the verge of being defeated by tiny Finland; one of America's  most staunch friends. And with the diversion of just a tiny fraction of the millions of tons of war equipment being shipped to Europe daily, could have saved Finland and dealt a sever blow to Stalin and a death blow to  Communism. But due to the efforts of Roosevelt no supplies reached them.

8). 1940 : At the beginning of World War II, Franklin D. Roosevelt, along with his Jewish advisors came to the aid of the Soviet Union once again, which was a much greater threat to our safety than the Nazis could ever have become. During the war we sent them over $11‑billion in Lend Lease at a time American men and boys were dying in the Pacific for lack of supples, because our available ships were transporting some of these war materials to the Soviet Union. The Soviets NEVER returned the "Liberty" ships we loaned them to ship much of this material in.

9). 1966 : The American government sent them the IBM equipment which was necessary for their rocketry program. Our American government also sent them the world's largest magnet, which many believe is being used against us in their "weather modification program." It is well known they are engaged in intensive research along this line.

10). 1968 : In the late 1960's the American government sent the Soviet Union 164 ball  bearing machines, which make the ball bearings they use in the guidance  systems of their IBM's. This is the only way they could make their intercontinental missiles so accurate. So accurate that they can be fired from Soviet soil, travel 7500 miles, and then split into ten warheads, which can virtually destroy ten cities. They are so accurate, using the technology the American government gave them and that which they have stolen from us through the Jewish spies, that they can hit within 100 yards of ground zero after a flight of 7500 miles.

11). 1971 : In November of 1971, Michael Fribourg completed a deal with the Soviet  Union, through Nickolai Belousou, the Chief of Exportkhelb, the Russian grain‑purchasing agency; for 900,000 tons of American surplus barley and oats, 2‑million tons of corn, and 282‑million bushels of wheat. The total figure was something in excess of 18‑million metric tons of grain sold to the Soviet Union. This tremendous sale was financed by a combination of  U.S. guaranteed credits and U.S. subsidized prices. So once again the Soviet Union was saved and the American farmers and taxpayers had been ripped off again.

12). 1972 : America built for the Soviets the worlds largest truck factory on the banks of the Kama River, which produces more trucks than all the American truck factories combined. This plant, built by the American government, with American taxpayer funds, which supplied the trucks to the North Vietnamese and Vietcong during the Vietnam War.

13). 1979 : President Carter and his Administration later announced it would permit the Soviet Union to purchase up to 25‑million metric tons of wheat and corn in 1979. Nixon, Carter and other Presidents before and after them, permitted such action because the Communist system is unable to grow enough to feed its own people and depends on the United States to bail it out again and again as we have time after time after time. And in the grain announcement, no mention was made about how the Soviet Union will pay for this 25‑million metric tons of grain. But now we know that once again our government leaders failed to live up to the trust our American People had in them by electing them to office, and let the Soviet Union have the grain free through credits, issued by the U.S. Government, for the Soviets to purchase the grain at American taxpayer expense.

When considering the times America has come to the aid of Russia and the "acceleration factor," one sees in current developments in Europe, and between East and West; between Russia and America one feels like he is in a time warp.

The Cold War and Communism have been declared officially dead, Eastern Europe appears to be breaking up, as is the NATO alliance, and Gorbachev and Bush are talking about our new partnership, merging our common goals, and the New World Order. It looks as if world peace and brotherhood has finally arrived? With the exception of the so‑called "Crisis in the Gulf" we see developing in the Middle East.

The New Russian Threat

Despite the so-called "collapse of Communism," almost every state inside the old USSR is still under Communist and KGB control. Behind {Cosmetic} political name changes, the new Russian government is continuing a series of hostile and threatening actions.

Russian Investigation Into American Pow’s Sabotaged : Russian President Boris Yeltsin told the U.S. Congress that he would help locate American prisoners of war held captive by the old Soviet Government. But nothing has come from that speech.

The Washington Times on 12/30/92 reported: "Russia is sabotaging efforts by a team of U.S. investigators probing the fate of American POWs who reportedly had been held in the Soviet Union and the inquiry may be halted. Russian spy agencies have played 'a spoiling role' in the entire effort, says a Dec. 10, 1992 cable from the U.S. Embassy in Moscow.     

The successors to the KGB and military GRU were singled out in the cable for refusing to provide the investigators with direct access to files and with interviews of officials and former officials who could assist the probe. Russian Officials have provided only begrudging official admissions of indirect involvement with Korean War POW/MIAs and official denials of any involvement with Vietnam POWs."

Just a few months later, a more blatant Russian cover-up on POWs was unearthed. Harvard-based researcher, Stephen J. Morris was studying files in the Russian archives when he discovered a revealing document that proves Vietnam lied to the United States about the number of war prisoners it held. As soon as this document became public in America Morris was cut off from the archives. "The Russian government dismissed the archivist who allowed Morris to read the file and informed Morris that he no longer will have access to the Moscow files." [109]

Therefore, at the very time President Clinton is pushing billions of dollars in new U.S. Foreign aid to Moscow: the Russian Government is wrecking efforts to find American prisoners of war.

KGB Changes name but Continues Operations as Before : On June 1, 1993, Radio Moscow reported: "The Russian security service continues working without a clear cut regulation of its activities. It defines its own goals and priority tasks." This was the conclusion drawn by the international conference in Moscow, whose theme outlook was "KGB - Yesterday, Today, and Tomorrow."

The Washington Times 5/31/93 described the two-day seminar which included scholars and former KGB officials. Before the official breakup of the soviet Union, "the KGB orchestrated the election of hundreds of Soviet lawmakers, many of whom remain in office." Researchers charge that the KGBs successor (MBRF) is still a threat.

The Washington Times on 4/17/92 reported: "There is increasing evidence, say competent Western Russian analysts and Russian democrats, that the security police remain powerful and are becoming even more so today, despite dismantlement."

A recent Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty analysis of KGB recidivism in Russia, "cited the evidence for today's 'undiminished power' of the state security organs. The Russian Federal Ministry of Security (MBRF) was recently strengthened...The Yeltson Administration, despite promises, has yet to create any institutionalized in-house supervision of the Russian MB. This means that 500,000 officials and former (or extant) informers function today as a separate entity, going about their business largely as before (the breakup of the Soviet Union)...

According to Argumenty I Fakty (a Russian periodical), the curriculum of one of Russia's several KGB schools, the Higher School of the MBRF in Moscow, remains largely unaltered from the old days...Ninety to Ninetyfive percent of middle- ranking KGB officers remain in the same positions as before the (so-called) 1991 Coup attempt, according to a recent defector."

The leader of the August, 1991 coup, KGB General Vladimir Kryuchkov, stated in an interview with the TASS news agency that the new state security organizations formed in Russia, following the breakup of the old USSR are far more powerful than the old KGB.

The U.S. News & World Report on 2/8/93 stated: "Russian President Boris Yeltsin...has cultivated the former KGB and even strengthened its authority. As a result, former KGB officers (who are among Russia's best-educated and best-connected citizens), are in the vanguard of Russia's budding capitalist class - to the chagrin of democratic reformers and the consternation of Western counterintelligence agencies, which wonder if the annuitants have really severed their ties to their old employer..."

The Moscow Magazine Stolitsa reported last year that, "75 percent of the employees of new Russian Stock and Commodities Exchange Center are former KGB officials." It is this gang of KGB-capitalists that will reap the rewards from President Billery Clinton's new foreign aid.

U.S. News continued: "A renewed sense of confidence permeates Lubyanka (the old KGB headquarters). After the 1991 coup attempt, KGB officers desperately sought to distance themselves from their Communist roots. Now officers of the security ministry are once again calling each other ‘Cheklisti' - a name that harks back to the Bolshevik Secret Police, the Cheka, a KGB forerunner.

Yeltsins' government has fired only about 400 KGB officers (from the old USSR regime) and the MB still employs about 135,000 many with unsavory pasts...The old tone is creeping back into the MB's pronouncements and behavior. Security Minister Victor Barannikov (a former Soviet Interior Ministry official) pledged at the December, 1992 Congress of People's Deputies that his ministry will thwart 'subversive activities of Western secret services' and their 'attempts to turn Russia into a sort of raw material appendage and assume control over its nuclear potential.' Barannikov's speech brought no rebuttal from Yeltsin, with whom the Security Minister has a close personal relationship. In Moscow, Barannikov is known as Yeltsin's close drinking buddy."

The new SVR Russian foreign intelligence service has been split off from the KGB and is directed by Yevgenty Primakov, a diplomatic specialist under former Soviet leader Mikhail Gorbachev. The Washington Times on 1/25/93 reported that Primakov's top adviser is KGB Lt. General Vadim Kirpichenko, who started his KGB career under Stalin and served as; "one of the highest-ranking intelligence officers under the Brezhnev and Andropov regimes at a time when the KGB's foreign branch was carrying out some of the Soivets' worst excesses against the West."

In December, 1992, the so-called "new" Russian Intelligence service "celebrated not the first anniversary of its founding by Boris Yeltsin, but its 72nd under Lenin." That celebration documents that, despite the attempt to create a new public relations IMAGE, "there has been no change at all."

The Washington Times on 10/21/92 reported: "Russia signed a secret agreement with China (in September, 1992) restoring ties between the two countries' intelligence services that were broken off in 1959, according to U.S. Government officials." U.S. intelligence officials also report that Moscow is selling advanced missile technology to Red China.  "The secret intelligence pact involved GRU military intelligence service and the SVR."

Communists Still in Charge : Andrel Malgin, editor of The Russian Magazine Stolitsa said; "Mr. Yeltsin made 'two unforgivable errors' after his coup victory in 1991." He made the decision to build a new type of Russian society, "on the basis of existing nomenklatura (Communist bureaucracy) and he did not dissolve the KGB." [110]

In March, 1992, a parliamentary investigation, into the role of the military, secret police and Communist Party during the abortive August, 1991 coup, was halted by order of Russian Parliament President Ruslan Khazbulatov. The chairman of the commission, Lev Ponamarev, said the investigation; "found that most of the current corps of former Soviet Generals supported the Coup, and are still in positions of authority within the armed forces of what is now the Commonwealth of Independent States."

The investigation was opposed by President Yeltson's own director of the new Russian SVR, Yevgeniy Primakov, [111] Parliament President Ruslah Khazbulatov gave an interview that appeared in the 4/26/93 Time Magazine. He admitted: "Entire sections of the former Communist Party Central Committee simply drifted into the President's (Yeltsin's) administration, together with their archives, safes, and even their telephones, under the guise of working for a Democratic President, they are simply restoring the old Communist Party ways."

The 1/27/93 Washington Post described life in rural Russia, in Morshansk: "The same Communist bosses, who for decades ran the farms and factories, remain, and for the most part, comfortably ensconced. 'At lower levels, the old elite are just too strong,' said Mikhail Shishov, the mayor of the town of 50,000. 'This is the defeat of the democrats. The Communists still control all levels.'...At the local level, the entrenched Communist Party elite are trying to keep their wealth and prevent any new private competition in farming or new enterprises."

The newspaper reported that reform-minded mayors such as Shishov say that; "When Yeltsin appointed a thin layer of reformers to administer local governments a year or more ago, he left the old (Communist Party) elite in charge of collective farms, big factories, and legislatures at every level. They break the agrarian reforms."

The New York Times 12/6/92 reported that the Russian Parliament voted to maintain the old Communist hammer and sickle as the country's official seal. In November, 1992, President Yeltsin, "personally announced his decisions NOT to cut the military budget and to increase military procurement by 10 percent. Behind that decision, may lie Yeltsin's tacit consent to meet the military's demand for more forceful Russian Army intervention outside Russia, including the Baltics, where Russian refusal to withdraw its troops has become one of the most bitter complaints against Moscow." [112]

On 3/31/93 The Washington Post reported: In an interview appearing in Pravda, official newspaper of the Communist Party, President Yeltsin stated that the Communists, "Should be treated with respect, as any other political party. And we should work with them."

Yeltsin has made a great retreat from the days immediately following the so-called August 1991 coup when he ordered the banning of the Communist Party. Yeltsin, "said that he makes a distinction between orthodox party members, with whom he still would not have dealings (his enemies, who rioted in the streets of Moscow, holding pictures of Soviet dictator Joseph Stalin as their hero) and a more 'realistic' group' (New World Order Conspirators) that recently organized independently."

Hostile and Threatening Actions Continue As Before : The Russian Magazine Ogonek reported that there are now 27 closed cities involved in strategic weapons production.

The secret installations were described in the 6/3/93 Washington Times. Many of these cities are located underground, encased in granite. New strategic weapons are developed there. To make sure that no Western arms treaty inspections gained access, "President Boris Yeltsin signed legislation closing 16 regions and cities throughout the country, involved with production of radioactive materials and mass destruction weapons. Of the 755,000 employees in those closed regions, between 1,500 and 2,000 are scientists, the remainder is comprised of technicians and workers." [113]

On December 12, 1991, Congress appropriated $400 million to dismantle, store, and destroy the Soviet weapons of mass destruction. Why did Yeltsin act to expand the secrecy of strategic weapons design and production facilities, if the present Russian Government is ‘converting’ its strategic forces into “peaceful” non-defense production, as they claim?

The Washington Times asked: "Why are those Russian scientists and technicians in the hidden cities not engated in dismantling strategic weapons, as mandated by the July, 1991 START (arms control) Treaty? How will they store the more than 50 tons of Plutonium from the warheads in the world's largest nuclear arsenal?"

On 2/5/93 The Washington Times reported that President Yeltsin, "criticized efforts to convert Russia's vast arms sector to the production of civilian goods." He stated: "I am worried that, with such conversion, after a while we will have to organize production of spare parts for military equipment from scratch."

Aviation & Space Technology Magazine on 5/5/93 reported on, "a continuing SURGE in Russian space operations."

Western defense analysts had mistakenly believed that Russia had abandoned its military spy operations. "But during the first quarter of 1993, Russia launched 12 new, unmanned military spacecraft," along with six so-called "civilian" missions. "The Russian space surge began in late 1992," At the very time our American midia was claiming that the Russian military had collapsed! "The 18 Russian space missions compare with eight for the U.S. during the period...The new Russian activity shows the former USSR a surprisingly potent military space capability."

The Washington Times on 11/15/92 reported that American counterspies insist that Russian spy,operations agaisnt the United States have shown little decline," following the {so-called} collapse of the former USSR. Western Intelligence agencies report that "Russian spying is on the rise around the world."

After a superficial name change and reorganization, Russian spying is more threatening than ever before. "The new spy agency is called the SVR, for Sluzhba Bneshny Razevdki Rossiy, or Foreign Intelligence Service of Russia. It was formed in early 1992, after the KGB was officially disbanded in the wake of the August, 1991 coup."

An American counterintelligence official says, "We're very concerned about the number of SVR intelligence officers. The number is way beyond what we consider to be acceptable, given the kinds of relations they {the Russians} want. Other foreign spying is done by the GRU, Russia's military intelligence agency. Gen. Fedor Ladygin,a hardliner, was recently appointed as the new director of the GRU. The GRU military intelligence service remains 'extremely aggressive' in spying," U.S. counterintelligence officers say.

More Hostile Acts : Russian submarines are continuing the Soviet Navy's practice of violating Sweden's waters. On 2/4/93 The Washington Times reported that the Swedish government has strong technical evidence, from identical sonar patterns in the earlier Soviet submarine intrusions.

In October, 1981, a Soviet sub carrying nuclear missiles ran aground near a strategic Swedish military base. Swedish waters were also considered a safe launching area for the missile carrying submarines in the event of a nuclear war. Swedish military experts are "perplexed over why the Russians...would continue to provoke Sweden and risk even a minor military confrontation." [114]

Shortly before the November, 1992 U.S. Presidential election, President Yeltsin announced that Russia was halting the withdrawal of its troops from Lithuania, Latvia, and Estonia. [115]

The Washington Times on 6/5/93 reported that Sergei Karaganov, a member of Boris Yeltsin's Presidential Advisory Council urged in a December, 1992 journal of Russia's foreign ministry that Russia use the ethnic population issue in the Baltic States as a pretext for continued Kremlin domination. The article suggested that Moscow, "should prepare its public and international organizations for the possibility of applying economic sanctions, or using force if necessary."

The 8/22/92 issue of the British publication, The Economist, reported that Russian Defense Minister General Pavel Grachev called the four-year timetable for Russian troop withdrawal from Germany, "Defeatist." Given the growing power of the military hard-liners in Moscow, there is increasing suspicion that the Kremlin may continue to leave large numbers of troops inside Germany long after that four-year period expires.

Yeltsin is Not in Control of The Russian Military : The Economist described how Yeltsin is bowing to pressure from the Russian military: "Recent appointees have been such hard-liners as Colonel-General Viktor Dubynin as chief of the general staff, and Colonel-General Boris Gromov" as deputy defense minister. Gromov once served as a Soviet commander in Afghanistan. He later served as deputy to Boris Pugo, the soviet Interior Minister who helped to stage the August, 1991 coup.

As Pugo's deputy, Gen. Gromov was automatically involved in the planning of the putsch. Don’t you think it is very revealing when Boris Yeltsin (an alleged target of the 1991 coup) subsequently appointed Gen. Gromov to the powerful post of Russian Deputy Defense Minister?

U.S. News & World Reports on 4/5/93 stated: "The Russian General Staff has the technical ability to decide who has nuclear authority. The General Staff has the technical ability to launch a nuclear-tipped missile without Yeltson’s approval." Russia has 25,000 to 30,000 nuclear weapons.

The 10/28/92 Evans and Novak Column reported that the Russian military, "is on the verge of ignoring arms control agreements. In the 'joint understanding' guiding the uncompleted Start II strategic arms control treaty, Moscow agreed to eliminate all 308 of the dreaded 10-warhead SS-18s on the dubious - and unacceptable - proposition of stripping them down to a single warhead."

American officials who attended a closed conference in Moscow returned convinced that, "Hard-Liners have lain low the past year (following the so-called coup) for one reason: To get what they could out of the United States."

Secret Russian Biological Warfare Programs Continue Unabated : The 8/31/92 Washington Post reported that the U.S. and Britain are worried that the Russian government may NOT have fulfilled a promise to shut down the Soviet Union's extensive program for making germ weapons: "Underlying U.S. concerns is the suspicion that the highly secret former Soviet program is not yet fully under President Yeltsin's control, and that elements of it have been hidden by Russian military officials who want to keep parts of the program intact...A high-level Soviet defector claimed that Moscow engaged in systematic deception on biological warfare issues throughout the 1980s. The defector revealed that for the first time, Moscow had not just one, but two biological warfare programs. Besides the obviously military-run program that had provoked longstanding U.S. concern, the government was also conducting secret germ weapons research in the civilian Biopreparat facilities."

The charge was denied by former Soviet President Gorbachev. But Russian President Yeltsin admitted to U.S. President Bush in February, 1992 that, "the Soviet military had violated an international treaty, negotiated in 1972, barring development, production or stockpiling of toxin and biological agents and any weaponry to deliver them.

A confidential report, prepared in spring, 1992 at Yeltson's direction by a retired Russian general, Anatoly Kuntsevich, revealed that the military had illicitly developed aerial bombs and rocket warheads capable of carrying deadly anthrax, tularemia and Q fever biological warfare agents...Yeltson responded to Kuntsevich's report by issuing a decree in April, 1992 ordering such work halted and its funding halted."

The Soviet defector's information, "provided anxiety about the size of the biowar program and how far (the Soviets) had gotten in producing such weapons carrying deadly viral strains that may be resistant to vaccines."

Newsweek Magazine on 2/1/93 reported that the Soviet Union's biowar program involved; "a vast operation employing 25,000 people at 18 or more Research and Development facilities, six production plants and a major storage complex in Siberia. The goal was to take known pathogens and alter their genetic structures to make them resistant to Western drugs."

The Soviet Defector, Vladimir Pasechnik, was a microbiologist who had firsthand knowledge of the enormous biowar program which is aimed agaisnt the west; "Pasechnik maintains that a Soviet program to develop a genetically engineered, dry form of superplague, resistant to antibiotics, dates from 1984 and was a top priority."

Newsweek reported; "Offensive-biological-weapons work continued in side the Biopreparat System, even after Yeltsin’s edict, that ordered the closing down of all Russian Biowar facilities."

Evans and Novak reported on 6/24/92; "The Russian generals are still covering-up frightening advances in biological warfare technology."

Russia is producing "the dread germ warfare agent, mycotoxin, which causes immunosuppression (another form or AIDS) - dysfunction of the  central nervous system, comma and death. The powerful Russian military also appears engaged in treaty-bashing on strategic nuclear weapons. U.S. intelligence believes that a brand new mobile missile known as Fatboy, similar to, but shorter than, the SS-25, is now under full time production in Votkinsk. U.S. officials believe that Russia's rocket command, is continuing what the Soviet Union started, may be aiming at a force of more than 1,000 of these missiles" under a START loophole.

In December, 1992 CIA Director Robert Gates stated in the Washington Times, on 12/2/92: "The Russian military operated outside civilian control in building biological weapons" and in other areas.

Continuing Threat From Moscow Seen in New Russian Military Doctrine : On 9/25/92 The Washington Times stated; "British and American experts say recent military appointments and the publication of a new context for Russia's military doctrine show that the old Soviet thinking still permeates the attitudes of the new generation of Russian military leaders, led by the Defense Minister Pavel Grachev. 'They present an unbelievably unreconstructed argument, in which the West is implicitly the enemy,' says a British military Sovietologist."

The Spring, 1993 Orbis Magazine carried an article from the May, 1992 Military Thought (the main theoretical Journal of the Russian Armed Forces), on the subject of Russia's new military doctrine: "The Russian military asserts its right to maintain control over the former captive nations of Latvia, Lithuania, and Estonia; Russia would be completely justified in requiring the recognition by the Baltic countries of Russia's right to free access to seaports."

Describing the reconstitution of the old Soviet Empire, the Military Thought article stated: "With respects to the CIS (Commonwealth of Independent States) countries, all commonwealth states are in the sphere of Russia’s vital interests."

Orbis Magazine commented: "A striking civil-military consensus exists within Russia concerning the current requirements for Russia's national security. This consensus reflects a continuing, disproportionate emphasis on military power as a prerequisite for establishing Russia's place in the international System."

Orbis further stated; "It is unlikely that there will be a ‘reduction of military appropriations to a level that would be commensurate with Russia's economic ranking in the world. Thus, the current consensus includes an insistence on maintaining superpower status...The current civil-military consensus also includes an image of future war based on the development and deployment of advanced conventional munitions, directed-energy weapons," [116] "space-based strike weapons and anti-ballistic missiles, and third-generation nuclear weapons.

The Russian leadership has offered no suggestion that an arms control regime should prevent the development of these systems. On the contrary, military-technical progress is viewed as a phenomenon that 'cannot be stopped.'"

The 10/27/92 Washington Post reported: "A scientist who objected to what he calls Russia's ongoing development of chemical weapons has been jailed for allegedly revealing state secrets...The arrested scientist, Vil Mirzayanov, had earlier stated in an article appearing in the Moscow News that Russia has been pursuing research on a new, more toxic chemical weapon.' Such research 'runs counter to' the public statements of President Yeltsin, who has urged a global BAN on such chemical armaments."

Mirzayanov reported in September, 1992 that the new Russian chemical weapon is, "More toxic than anything in the U.S. arsenal. The new weapon was tested in early, 1992 in Uzbekistan," (now allegedly an 'independent' nation). If the USSR really has broken up, how can Russia get away with testing such deadly weapons in another nation?

New Russian Anti-Satellite Weapons Discovered : The 8/17/92 Aviation Week & Space Technology Magazine contained a close-up photograph of a Russian MIG-31 jet fighter with an anti-satellite (ASAT) weapon. The 9/24/92 Washington Times stated: "For years, the Soviets have been calling for a BAN on anti-satellite weapons, arguing that space should be weapons-free. As recently as January 29, 1992 Russian President Yeltsin called for a ban on ASATs. Despite that public posture, Russia appears to have developed two different kinds of anti-satellite weapons, while the United States has none...even as Members of Congress fought to prevent the development of a U.S. ASAT, Soviet engineers were secretly designing a new air-launched ASAT that was almost a carbon copy of the U.S. F-15 ASAT...An important question today is whether Mr. Yeltsin can control the hard-liners in his government who are determined to continue new weapons programs. There is growing evidence that he cannot."    

Russia is Even Deeply Involved in The Bosnian War : The U.S. News & World Report on 8/10/92 stated: "The Russians, despite promises of neutrality, are quietly supplying Serbian forces with fuel, military hardware, and spare parts. Most of the material is sent by rail through Ukraine and Romanis. Earlier this year, the Russian representative on the U.N. Security Council joined the West in voting to impose an embargo against Belgrade (Serbia)."

The 2/22/93 Washington Times reported: "There's plenty of solid evidence that Russians already are involved on the Serbian side. Russian equipment, arms, planes and much else continue to flow into Serbia, as do so-called 'volunteers.' Today, Russians are helping to man planes in the Serbian Air Force. Russians in Cossack uniforms have been observed fighting in Bosnia. The newspaper Moscow News...wrote that volunteer brigades are being established in Moscow, one of them is manned with Afghan war veterans."

The newspaper reported that the Russians appear to be: "Engaged in building a naval base in Montenfgroo on the Adriatic Sea" an action that has long been one of the worst fears of NATO. Massive U.S. taxpayer-funded foreign aid for Moscow, will subsidize the genocide in Bosnia. The collapse of USSR was a planned method for a phoenix like revitalization of the Red Empire: The 10/16/91 Washington Post carried a revealing article by Soviet expert Dimitri Simes. He reported: "A remarkably candid KGB domestic analysis, made available to me, predicted in part that 'the collapse of the system (that had outlived itself), cleared the path for establishing a strong authoritarian regime in our country in a moderate national-democrat wrapping.' Such a regime, said the KGB document; 'will be able to more effectively (and with greater flexibility) rebuild the union and to give new impulse to the nation's development.'"

This report was politicians like Boris Yeltsin was thus revealed. The so-called “Market Economy” in Russia, was actually planned by the Communist Party. The 2/13/92 New York Times reported: "A month before the failed August, 1991 coup attempt, Soviet President Mikhail S. Gorbachev signed a document authorizing the Communist Party to put its money into small enterprises, joint stock companies, private banks and other capitalist ventures, according to testimony at a Russian Parliament hearing. The document, disclosed by the Russian Deputy Prosecutor, Yevgeny K. Lisov, confirmed a trend as Communist party functionaries scurried to shelter themselves and their money from a conversion to a market economy."

The Communist Party funds amounted to $50-Billion, 60 tons of god, 150 tons of silver, and 8 tons of platinum. The purpose of this Communist Party plunge into capitalism was to continue the power of the Party elite, after the staged "collapse of Communism."

The 4/15/93 Washington Times stated: "Children of the nomenklatura (the Communist elite) have their own businesses. They have their own credit cards. The Gorbachev-era Communists opened the system in the interests of the Party elite and not in the interest of the whole population, because they saw it as a way to make a lot of money for themselves."

Only 2 to 3 percent of the population is benefitting from the new Communist-created, alleged 'market system.' The rest of the Russian population is too poor to participate. It is this tiny two to three percent nomenklatura-Mafia elite, that is benefitting from U.S. foreign aid.

The 1992 book, Russia's Secret Rulers: How the Government And Criminal Mafia Exercise Their Power, by Lev Timofeyev (published by Knopf), documented how the Russian Mafia had strong ties to both hard-line Communists as well as their political opponents in the democratic movement.

Timofeyev obtained a Communist Party Central Committee document, dated August 23, 1990 (a full year before the 1991 coup. The document provides evidence that the Communist Party was preparing to go underground.

In line with V.I. Lenin's New Economic Policy (NEP) tactics of taking two steps forward and one step backward, the Communist leadership realized that they could not modernize the nation without a humongous amount of Western capital. The Party leaders also knew that Western governments and businessmen would be reluctant to pour such vast new amounts of money into a heavily indebted Bolshevik system. Timofeyev stated: "The term 'wild privatization' has gained currency in Russia to describe the spontaneous effort of yesterday's apparatchiks to seize as much for themselves as possible and turn it into private property...Prikhvatizatsia is not primarily a matter of financial maneuvers by individual Party bureaucrats. The fact is that long before the collapse of above ground Communist Party structures in August, 1991, appartchiks were carefully planning political action to preserve the maximum of power in secret Party structures."

The Central Committee document states: "...The following measures should be taken immediately in order to secure conditions for the launching of commercial and foreign economic activity by the Party...Preparation of proposals to create some new 'interm' economic structures (foundations, associations, etc.) with minimal 'visible; ties to the Central Committee, which could become focal points of the 'invisible Party economy.

Immediate preparations of plans for using anonymous organizations to MASK direct links to the Party when launching commercial and foreign economic Party activity; in particular, consideration of the possibility of merging with already functioning joint ventures, international consortiums etc., through capital investment.

Consideration of ways and means of establishing a bank controlled by the Central Committee with the right to conduct hard-currency operations, the investment of the Party's hard-currency reserves in international firms controlled by friends of the Party (abroad). Creation of a consulting firm...without direct links to the Central Committee apparatus, for the practical organization of economic cooperation and provision of brokerage services for foreign economic activity of various Party Organizations and the commercial firms of Communist Parties abroad."

Timofeyev commented: "The old Party apparatus has deeply concealed its underground structure."

Criminal prosecutors who started an investigation in October, 1991, "found more than a hundred commercial Communist Party enterprises in Moscow and about six hundred all told throughout Russia. Among the direction of these shadowy Party firms are people who have substantial influence in the current legitimate government. President Yeltsin is surrounded by yesterday's nomenklatura apparatchiks, just as President Gorbachev was before him...They are the same provincial Communist Party committee secretaries, making the same efforts to influence the President...In each of the new states of the former USSR the power structures are genetically connected to the structures of the past, to the Communists."

In his 1984 book New Lies For Old, KGB defector Anatoliy Golitsyn correctly predicted the end of the Berlin Wall and revolutionary changes inside the Soviet empire. Having studied the long-range KGB plans, he wrote: "To be credible and effective, a deception should accord, as far as possible, with the hopes and expectations of those it is intended to deceive. Since the Communist strategists were aware, especially through knowledge of the Bilderberger Papers that the West ardently desired the disintegration of the Communist bloc, they could anticipate that the projection, to the outside world, of a fictitious disintegration of the bloc would be advantageous - provided always that it was accompanied, in parallel, by an actual (but partially concealed implementation of the long-range policy of strengthening the block."

Golitsyn correctly predicted what has happened in the New Russian Government: KGB-planned changes, "will make possible the introduction of controlled political opposition, which will provide the basically totalitarian regimes with a convincing impression of fundamental change and a semblance of democracy."

The fact that the 75 percent of the people who are now involved in the Moscow Stock & Commodities Exchange are from the KGB is a vivid demonstration of the accuracy of Golitsyn's long-range forecasts. Gorbachev himself is on record as saying:

"1). The aim of Perestroika is to restore both theoretically and practically the Leninist conception of Socialism.

2). The Party's interests come before everything, this is our unshakable law.

3). We are moving towards a new world, the world of Communism. We shall never turn off that road.

4). We maintain a general perspective and it is the victory of Communism.

5). We are for a Lenin who is alive...We see no grounds to give up the spiritual richness contained in Marxism...Through Perestroika we want to give Socialism a second wind...To achieve this the Communist Party of the Soviet Union returns to the origins and principles of the Revolution, to the Leninist ideas of constructing a new society. Our party was and remains the party of Lenin." Is it little wonder that Gromyko once said of Gorbachev: "Behind the smile are teeth of iron."

Communist Bosses Maintain Communist Red Dictatorships Through the Old USSR : The 9/28/92 Time Magazine stated: "Hardly anyone in the former Soviet republics is openly advocating a return to Communism, by name. But in some countries, the Communist who now call themselves Socialists have given up hardly any of their control, of economic, political, and social life."

An example of continuing Communist control was described in the 2/13/93 Washington Times: "Visitors to Belarus note few changes for the better in the post-Soviet era...The parliament is completely dominated by former Communists, and regularly flouts democratic procedures...

Belarus is very much a nation in chains. it is the most militarized state in the {so-called} former Soviet Union. Its secret police are not only active, but work openly with the former KGB in Russia." Requests for free elections on petitions signed by more than 500,000 people have been totally ignored.

The 2/13/93 New York Times described the continuing Communist domination of the former Soviet republics in Central Asia, that are now allegedly "independent" countries: "Uzbekistan is engaged in a sweeping political crackdown on dissent, banning demonstrations and arresting opposition leaders...In Uzbekistan, open repression is the order of the day.

In Turkmenistan, the Communist system has scarcely changed at all. Even in Kazakhstan, potentially the richest country in the region, the leadership is putting economic development far ahead of political change."

Shortly after the breakup of the USSR Islamic fundamentalists overthrew the Tajikistan Communist dictatorship. Moscow sent in Russian troops to restore the Communists to power. [117] The events in Tajikistan offer absolute proof that the present Russian Army continues to fight for Communism.

The 2/5/93 Washington Post stated: "Old guard Communists determined to preserve their power and privileges in this former Soviet republic have gained the upper hand in a brutal civil war that has sent political tremors through Central Asia. Soviet hammer-and-sickle flags flutter from tanks roaring through the streets of Dushanbe two months after the Communist forces reclaimed power."

The struggle to restore the Communists to power has resulted in 40,000 dead and hundreds of thousands of refugees. The Russian Army supplied the Red Tajik forces with tanks and Communist-controlled Uzbekistan; "supported the Tajik Communist forces with helicopter gun ships, tanks and ground troops."

To prevent the anti-Communist opposition forces from receiving aid from freedom fighters in Afghanistan, "Russian President Boris Yeltsin has promised to send 2,000 additional troops to help patrol the border."

On 5/22/93 The Washington Times reported that Russian Prime Minister Viktor Chernomydrin said that some former republics of the USSR now want to join the Russian Federation; "One of those states is Tajikistan."

The Washington Post on 2/11/92 reported: "It is now known that the KGB infiltrated the independence movements and democracy parties that sprang up around the Soviet Union" during the Gorbachev liberalization. "Since Many of these parties have now come to power, it means that KGB Agents and Informers are represented in the highest levels of Government" throughout every East Bloc and former USSR republic.

                                                                                                  Chapter Three

The Soviet Strategy For The Conquest of The West

It should never be forgotten, for even a single moment, that the Soviets are the chess champions of the world. And as such have learned geostrategically to plan 10‑20 moves (years) or more ahead, to use strategic feints, deception and subterfuge. The people J. Edgar Hoover called "masters of deceit" have learned the art of war and strategic deception from such masters as Sun Tsu, from their stay in Babylon and von Clausewitz, as well as from modern strategic geniuses such as Hitler, Chairman Mao, and Lenin.

The Soviets’ Six Glasnosts

The present period of glasnost/perestroika (the sixth since 1921) is designed to get America to disarm; to get the West to build up and bailout the Soviet Union economically and industrially, and to neutralize Western Europe and dissolve NATO. Which is in conformity with the prophecy of Ezekiel Chapters 38 and 39. The current glasnost is a giant deception and is easier to understand if one looks at it in the perspective of the first five Russian glasnosts.

Glasnost, a Russian concept which originally meant publicity or notoriety, has been an effective instrument of the Soviet [read that Jewish ‑ since the Jews have been in absolute control of Russia since the Bolshevik takeover in 1917] policy since the early days of the Bolshevik Revolution. As Edward Jay Epstein wrote in his book Deception, "Glasnost was first used by Lenin, who realized that power proceeded from denying others a veil of privacy for their decision‑making. Hence glasnost, or 'public airing' became a weapon for the Communist Part...The logic went: Democracies allow public criticism of officials; the Soviet Union allows public criticism of officials; therefore, the Soviet Union is a democracy...Glasnost lent credibility to government‑controlled newspapers that otherwise would be considered mouthpieces for the Communist Party. It could be used to establish a set of convenient peepholes for journalists, academics and other Kremlin watchers through which they could see selected pictures of Soviet society...Lenin, to get his revolution accepted by Western governments and businesses, had to represent it as something it was not."

The First Glasnost: 1921 ‑ 1929: Under Lenin's New Economic Plan, he persuaded Western governments, businessmen, and bankers that the revolution was "restructuring," moving back to the free market, and politically liberalizing. Massive Western Financial and Industrial Aid poured in for nine years. Glasnost #1 ended abruptly in 1929, and tens of millions of White  Christian Russians went to the wall shortly thereafter.

The Second Glasnost: 1936 ‑ 1937: Stalin suggested in the mid‑'30s a restructuring of the Soviet economy along capitalist lines (He actually called it "perestroika"). He proclaimed that the Soviet Union was returning to a Western‑style constitutional government, to freedom of speech, freedom of assembly, and a return to free elections with secret ballots. Stalin was portrayed in the Soviet press and then the Western press as a pragmatist ‑ not an ideologue (sound familiar?). Roosevelt and other Western leaders and businessmen began to pour billions in aid, credits and trade. Glasnost #2 came to an  end abruptly in 1938, and more brutal purges known as the "Great Terror" followed immediately thereafter.

The Third Glasnost: 1941 ‑1945: When Hitler invaded Russia in June 1941, the "partnership" with the United States was quickly revived by Stalin. Stalin again claimed that the militant phase of Communism was at an end; he dissolved the Comintern (a key organ for spreading international Communist Revolution). He promised that after the war, Russia would be buying a massive amount of goods from the West. This all justified massive economic and military aid through the Lend‑Lease Program (i.e., almost $10‑billion. Which equates to about $1‑trillion today).

Which is in direct contrast from the teachings of the Word of God. For God told His Israel people, the Anglo‑Saxon, Germanic, Scandinavian, Celtic and Kindred People, about those who were His and their enemies: "Thou shalt make no covenant with them, nor with their gods." [118] ; The Scriptures then relate further: "...Shouldest thou help the ungodly, and love them that hate the Lord? therefore is wrath upon thee from before the Lord." [119]

Harry Hopkins, President Roosevelt's advisor, wrote after meeting with Stalin at Yalta in 1945, "We really believed that this was the dawn of the new day we had been praying for...the Russians had proved that they could be reasonable and farseeing, and there wasn't any doubt in the mind of the President, or any of us, that we could live and get along with them peacefully for as far into the future as any of us could imagine." Do you see what liars the Jewish Communists are, and that their propaganda lies never cease to try to fool God's Israel People!

Glasnost #3 ended abruptly in 1945, when the Soviets annexed the three Baltic  States ‑ Latvia, Lithuania, and Estonia, as well as parts of Poland, Romania, Prussia, Finland, Japan, and most of Eastern Europe. Over 100 million people were enslaved and tens of millions subsequently died.

The Fourth Glasnost: 1956 ‑ 1959: In 1956, Khrushchev launched another glasnost based on economic and political reforms, a return to competition and the free market, de‑Stalinization, and a restoration of democracy and individual freedom in the Soviet Union.

The end of Stalin's "cult of personality" was equated by Khrushchev with democracy and was so portrayed in the Western media. The Soviet press began to publish stories about private millionaires, underground businesses, and a thriving black market.  Russian church leaders were allowed to travel abroad; Solzhenitsyn was allowed to publish his works; Soviet dissidents were allowed to have contact with the Western press.

Khrushchev complained about inefficiencies in the Soviet economy, and stated almost word for word, Stalin's earlier message to the West: "If we cannot give our people the same standard of living that you give your peoples under the Capitalist system, we know that Communism cannot succeed." Sound familiar? This is almost exactly  what Gorbachev has been saying and doing.

Then, via his American intermediary Armand Hammer, Khruschev began to push for increased trade, credits, and aid. some were forthcoming, but not as much as in Glasnost #1 ‑ #3. Glasnost #4 began to end in 1959, with the Soviet‑backed Communist takeover in Cuba, the shooting down of an American U‑2, the mass arrest and execution  of Soviet dissidents and the creation of the Berlin Wall.

The Fifth Glasnost: 1970 ‑ 1975: The fifth glasnost detente, initiated by Leonid Brezhnev. It offered to destruct strategic arms, negotiate mutually beneficial accords, and relax international tensions. The Soviets began "public airings" of issues to explain to relevant and audiences in the West why they had abandoned their prior goal of world revolution.

The central theme of this glasnost was that the Soviet government was no longer run by ideologues, but by technocrats, who had no interest in adhering to the Leninist doctrine of class warfare. Instead, like technocrats in the West, they wanted to expand their industrial base. The chief goals of this glasnost were to obtain increased U.S. aid and trade (which they did under Nixon and Kissinger), and, most importantly, to inaugurate the arms control process. During this glasnost, Brezhev appeared willing to let Communist countries in Eastern Europe follow their own independent relations with the West, the announced unilateral troop cuts in Soviet forces in Eastern Europe. The anti‑Ballistic Missile Treaty of 1973 was one of Brezhnev's trophies from this glasnost.

Glasnost #5 began to lose credibility in 1975 when the Soviet‑backed North Vietnamese over‑ran South Vietnam in violation of Russian promises to Kissinger. Then once again, over the next  few years, widespread arrests and execution of Soviet dissidents, resumption of covert  actions abroad, and finally, the invasion of Afghanistan in late '79 by Russia, totally discredited this glasnost.

The Sixth Glasnost: 1985 ‑ ????: This began under Gorbachev and is a composite of the first five glasnosts, although it is bigger and better and much more sophisticated than any of its five predecessors. And the stakes are much higher ‑ Western Europe and perhaps the whole world.

According to reports, Glasnost #5 was to start in 1983 under Yuri Andropov, the brutal 15 year head of the K.G.B., who was portrayed by Soviet disinformation and the Western media as a "tall, handsome, muscular, English‑speaking Russian, who wore American suits, drank American scotch, a lover of classical music, etc." In short, someone just like us. Sound familiar? Providentially, Andropov died of kidney disease in 1983, and glasnost #6 had to wait until Andropov's protégé, Mikhail Gorbachev, could be brought to power in 1985.

It should be remembered, however, that the present Glasnost #6 scenario was scripted by Andropov and his K.G.B. associates. That is why General Vladimir Kryuchkov, the most vicious hardliner since Andropov, has been elevated to head the K.G.B. Glasnost #6 is completely orchestrated by the K.G.B. Each of these six glasnosts were strategic deceptions, carefully scripted by K.G.B. and other strategic planners to get the West to provide massive economic aid and to disarm. It would also appear that the current Iraq ‑ U.S. confrontation is to drive the price of oil up to astronomical levels, which furnishes the Soviet Union with much needed "hard" currency in the form of oil sales to the West. History shows, that after each of these glasnosts, the Soviets reverted to form ‑ mass murders, purges, global revolution, intrigue, conquest of countries, assassinations, etc.

In fact, since 1961, shortly after Glasnost #4 was terminated, 21 more countries had fallen to Soviet‑backed coups, revolutions, or wars of so‑called national liberation. The West has been deceived five times, but Gorbachev's current deception is the biggest and most dangerous of all.

Gorbachev’s Current Strategy

Gorbachev and his brilliant K.G.B. script writers and military planners have decided to trade "nominal" control over the Eastern bloc satellites for the neutralization of Western Europe and the destruction of the NATO military alliance ‑ a quantum rearrangement of the European chess board. Gorbachev and his Kremlin, New York and Tel Aviv planners have NOT lost control.

In fact, Gorbachev has more power than any Russian leader since Lenin or Stalin. The well drafted script calls for the appearance that he has lost control. The Soviet military and secret police are still intact in all of the Eastern European satellite states, with perhaps the exception of East Germany which has recently been reunited with West Germany. But the Soviet K.G.B. and military, are still firmly in control of the Soviet Union today, and are stronger than they have ever been in the Soviets' 73 year history.

After Glasnost #6, which is the greatest and most brilliant strategic deception of all, has run its course, the Soviets will have the names of millions of dissidents throughout the Empire, and these will, in all likelihood, be systematically liquidated in bloody purges, a la Stalin, Mao, and Tiananment Square.

However, the script appears to be following the prophecy of Ezekiel Chapters 38 and 39 exactly, and this plan calls for the Israel nations of America and Western Europe to be allowed to take over the financial burdens of Eastern Europe. Which will cause events to transpire and God will say: "Is not this the fast that I have chosen? to loose the bands of wickedness, to undo the heavy burdens, and to let the oppressed go free, and that ye break every yoke?" [120]

Over and over again since 1917, our American government has come to the rescue of the Soviet Union. We have sold them wheat, corn and other grains, when their harvests were short and when their collective farms could not produce what was needed.

 

A Covert Invasion

We are forced to conclude that Ezekiel is not simply describing a Russian invasion of America. Rather, he is describing "the merchants of the earth" [121] using wealth and politics to invade Christian society. Ezekiel 38 and 39 should be more aptly be labeled "The Merchant Invasion Chapters."

It is still a "red" invasion, by the way, because the House of Rothschild [meaning "Red shield"] is the vanguard of the International Banking Cartel. We formerly visualized the invasion as lasting a few days, weeks or months, and then ending. Surely, a military invasion can't take very long.

But what if the invasion was not military, but one in which the people didn't know they were being invaded? What if this secret invasion used Sun Tzu's principle of the "shethed sword" to conquer America? Propaganda, brainwashing, and other deceptive weapons, instead of military force has been unleashed on an unsuspecting American public.

Such an invasion would be a protracted one, because it would take a generation or two to convert the American mind to a slave mentality. Therefore, instead of days, weeks or months, we should think in terms of years, decades, and centuries. In different ways, Ezekiel tells us that this invasion would be long and covert in nature:

8. After many days thou shalt be visited: in the latter years thou shalt come into the land that is brought back from the sword. "After many days" is a way of saying a long time. Ezekiel is saying that "after many days" of carrying out this invasion against God's Israel people, Gog and his bands will be "visited" or judged. Also the "latter years" does not mean "the end times" as Futurists are inclined to think. It refers to the latter years of the invasion.

9. Thou shalt ascend and come like a storm, thou shalt be like a cloud to cover the land, thou, and all thy bands, and many people with thee.

The simile of a cloud does not have to refer to a great airborne military invasion as we have thought. This Hebrew word [122] simply means an actual, physical cloud, and it is being used in a figurative sense here in verse 9. A closer look at #6051 reveals that it derives from[123] which means "to cover, to cloud over, or to act covertly." "Cloud" is used again in verse 16:

16. And thou shalt come up against my people of Israel, as a cloud to cover the land; it shall be in the latter days...

Instead of millions of armed soldiers, this appears to describe a covert [undercover] infiltration. Some have also assumed that Russia would mount an airborne invasion against America over the North Pole because of the following verse:

15. And thou shalt come from thy place out of the North Parts, thou, and many people with thee, all of them riding upon horses, a great company, and a mighty army:

Looking at a map of the world, you can see that Russia is directly North of America over the North Pole. But looking at the meaning of the Hebrew word for "north parts," [124] we can see that it means "hidden." And it is from #6845 Strong's meaning "hide, lurk" (be set), (keep) secret(‑ly).

Russia Land of The Khazars

Russia is, we would point out, the land of the Khazars ‑ who converted to Judaism between 700 A.D. and 800 A.D. The story is related in over three hundred books. However, the knowledge of these books have been kept from the American people so that the Jewish "Chosen People" myth could be implemented by the Jews for political, religious and economic advantage. It is knowledge that has been hidden and kept a secret for many years.

Conversion of the Khazars (Chazars) To Judaism

 

"Chazars: A people of Turkish origin whose life and history are interwoven with the very beginnings of the History of the Jews of Russia...driven on by the nomadic tribes of the steppes and by their own desire for plunder and revenge...In the second half of the sixth century the Chazars moved westward...The kingdom of the Chazars was firmly established in most of South Russia long before the foundation of the Russian Monarchy by the Varangians (855) ...At this time the kingdom of the Chazars stood at the height of its power and was constantly at war...At the end of the eighth century...the chagan (king) of the Chazars and his grandees, together with a large number of his heathen people, embraced the Jewish Religion...

The Jewish population in the entire domain of the Chazars, in the period between the seventh and tenth centuries, must have been considerable...about the ninth century, it appears as if all the Chazars were Jews and that they had been converted to Judaism only a short time before...It was one of the successors of Bulan named Obadiah, who regenerated the kingdom and strengthened the Jewish Religion. He invited Jewish scholars to settle in his dominions, and founded synagogues and schools. The people were instructed in the Bible, Mishnah, and the Talmud and in the 'divine service of the hazzanim'...

In their writings the Chazars used the Hebrew letters...The Chazar languages predominated...Obadiah was succeeded by his son Isaac; Isaac by his son Moses (or Manasseh II); the latter by his son Nisi; and Nisi by his son Aaron II. King Joseph himself was a son of Aaron, and ascended the throne in accordance with the law of the Chazars relating to succession...this seems to have been the beginning of the downfall of the Chazar Kingdom...The Russian Varangians established themselves at Kiev...until the final conquest of the Chazars by the Russians...After a hard fight the Russians conquered the Chazars...Four years later the Russians conquered all the Chazarian territory east of the Azov...Many members of the Chazarian royal family emigrated to Spain... Some went to Hungary, but the great mass of the people remained in their native country [Russia]." [125]

Encyclopedia Americana (1985) : "Khazar, an ancient Turkic-speaking people who ruled a large and powerful state in the steppes North of the Caucasus Mountains from the 7th century to their demise in the mid-11th century A.D....In the 8th Century it's political and religious head...as well as the greater part of the Khazar nobility, abandoned paganism and converted to Judaism...(The Khazars are believed to be the ancestors of most Russian and Eastern European Jews)."

Encyclopedia Britannica (15th edition) : "Khazars, confederation of Turkic and Iranian tribes that established a major commercial empire in the second half of the 6th century, covering the southeastern section of modern European Russia...In the middle of the 8th century the ruling classes adopted Judaism as their religion."

Academic American Encyclopedia (1985) : "Ashkenazim, the Ashkenazim are one of the two major divisions of the Jews, the other being the Shephardim."

Encyclopedia Americana (1985) : "Ashkenazim, the Ashkenazim are the Jews whose ancestors lived in German lands...it was among Ashkenazi Jews that the idea of political Zionism emerged, leading ultimately to the establishment of the state of Israel...In the late 1960s, Ashkenazi Jews numbered some 11 million, about 84 percent of the world Jewish population."

The Jewish Encyclopedia : "Khazars, a non-Semitic, Asiatic, Mongolian tribal nation who emigrated into Eastern Europe about the first century, who were converted as an entire nation to Judaism in the seventh century by the expanding Russian nation which absorbed the entire Khazar population, and who account for the presence in Eastern Europe of the great numbers of Yiddish-speaking Jews in Russia, Poland, Lithuania, Galatia, Besserabia and Rumania."

The Encyclopedia Judaica (1972) : "Khazars, a national group of general Turkic type, independent and sovereign in Easter Europe between the seventh and tenth centuries C.E. During part of this time the leading Khazars professed Judaism...In spite of the negligible information of an archaeological nature, the presence of Jewish groups and the impact of Jewish ideas in Eastern Europe are considerable during the Middle Ages. Groups have been mentioned as migrating to Central Europe from the East often have been referred to as Khazars, thus making it impossible to overlook the possibility that they originated from within the former Khazar Empire."

The Universal Jewish Encyclopedia : "The primary meaning of Ashkenaz and Ashkenazim in Hebrew is Germany and Germans. This may be due to the fact that the home of the ancient ancestors of the Germans is Media, which is the Biblical Ashkenaz...Krauss is of the opinion that in the early medieval ages the Khazars were sometimes referred to as Ashkenazim...About 92 percent of all Jews or approximately 14,500,000 are Ashkenazim."

Now you can see where the bulk of the hidden influences against Christianity is coming from! And any student of modern politics knows that "hidden" communists and antichrists have infiltrated and have been "secretly" running our government for several decades. The enemy has invaded America in a "hidden" way, and under the title of "God's Chosen," and not necessarily from the direction of the North. Although they do come from "the country of the North."

The Bible Relates That The Khazar (Ashkenaz) Jews Were the Sons of Japheth not Shem : "Now these are the generations of the sons of Noah, Shem, Ham, and  Japheth: and unto them were sons born after the flood. The sons of Japheth; Gomer...And the sons of Gomer; Ashkenaz..." [126]

Therefore, the Bible proves that the Ashkenaz Jews [Khazars] are not the descendants of Shem and cannot be Semite. This being the case it is also very, very clear that the State of Israel is controlled by Ashkenaz Jews.

Thus, it is obvious for all to see ‑‑ for those Bible students who are waiting for Russia to attack Palestine, they have waited too long, this has happened already. It happened in 1948 when the present day State, known to the world as Israel, was formed. Thus the Russians have already invaded and conquered Palestine!

 

 

The Sons of Judah

One other aspect we must take into consideration. That being, a small portion of 5 to 10 percent of the Jews today are descendants of the marriage between Judah and a Canaanite woman. Many when told that we, the Anglo‑Saxon, Germanic, Scandinavian and Celtic peoples, are Israel, exclaim: "Impossible, I'm no Jew." Of course you're not a Jew, nor am I. A portion of the Jews are of a mixture of Israel and Canaanite women because of the marriage of Judah and Esau.

Part of the Jews are of Israel, but Israelites are not Jews. A small portion of the Jews are a remnant of Judah, who was only one of Jacob/Israel's twelve sons. The Encyclopedia Americana calls Hyrcanus a Jewish high priest [135‑105 B.C.] who forced the Idumeans to become "Jews." Idumea is the Greek for Edomites.

In the Bible Esau, Edo, Mt. Seir and Idumea are inter­changeable for the offspring of ESAU, Jacob's twin brother. In addition, under the heading of "A brief History of the Terms for Jew" in the 1980 Jewish Almanac is the following: "Strictly speaking it is incorrect to call an Ancient Israelite a ‘Jew’ or to call a contemporary Jew an Israelite or a Hebrew." [127] ; "It is highly probable that the bulk of the Jew's ancestors 'never' lived in Palestine 'at all,' which witnesses the power of historical assertion over fact." [128]

The Jewish author Alfred M. Lilienthal relates the following concerning Jewish history: In his 1976 bestseller The Thirteenth Tribe, the Author of Darkness at Noon, Promise and Fulfillment, and The Roots of Coincidence dropped another bombshell by proving that today’s Jews were, for the most part, descendants of Khazars, who converted to Judaism seven centuries after the destruction of Jerusalem IN 70 A.D. "These Khazar Jews greatly outnumbered racially Jewish Jews who had reached Europe by other routes and at other periods of history. Therefore, the great majority of Eastern European Jews are not Semitic Jews at all, and as most Western European Jews came from East Europe, most of them also are not Semitic Jews...Thus, maintains Koestler, the veins of 45 percent of Israelis (save only the Arab and the Sephardic Jews), plus a big majority of Jews around the world, are utterly vacant of corpuscular links to the Tribe of Moses and Solomon. This nullifies Zionism's strongest claim to Palestine‑Israel, the author's codicial to his fine book not withstanding. The Koestler thesis, however startling, is in no wise a new one. The genetic Khazar derivation of most Jews, only the Sephardic may be accounted Hebrews by blood, has been long if not widely known. Dunlap at Columbia, Bury in England, and Poliak at Tel Aviv University have researched this 'cruelest of jokes' and won research acceptance over the past half‑century. It remained for Koestler to popularize Khazars as the thirteen tribe ‑‑ 'lost' only to the memory of most Jews, especially Zionist Jews...in anthropological fact, many Christians may have much more Hebrew Israelite Blood in their veins than most of their Jewish neighbors!...who can say for sure that many Christian readers of this book might not in fact have a better claim, which they do not choose to exercise. To go back ‘home’ to Palestine than Hannah Semer, Menachem Begin, or Golda Meir? Queen Victoria herself belonged to an Israelite Society that traced the ancestry of its membership back to the Lost Tribes of Israel...There was no longer a Hebrew-Israelite state. The people who embraced the creed of Judaism were already a mixture of many nations, races, and strains, and this diversification was rapidly growing....I assert that there is not a Jewish nation...I would not deny to Jews in Palestine equal rights to colonization with those who profess other religions, but a religious test of citizenship seems to me to be only admitted by those who take a bigoted and narrow view of one particular epoch of the history of Palestine, and claim for the Jews a position to which they are not entitled." [129]

These devils are merely Plutocrats, or their agents, whose purpose is to instill confusion and slavery upon the American people. The Plutocrats have kept America brainwashed for the last 200 years, in various ways. They have done it through propaganda in politics, education, religion and entertainment. "Plutocratic domination of America, and loss of individual freedom, became a fact during the 1800's. It wasn't accomplished by a sudden move, nor by one great mistake on our part. It was accomplished by the gradual, calculated take over by the Plutocrats ‑ much like the way one investment company can take over another company, gradually forcing out the original owners and establishing new rules and management.

The Plutocrats simply tricked Americans into selling their birthright, and then purchased it from them with debt‑usury money bled from the people. They not only stole America, but we continue happily funding them with tremendous sums of money, through taxes and usury, so they can continue their rape of the land and people." [130]

Isaiah told regathered Israel, the United States of America, to: "Shake thyself from the dust; arise, and sit down, O Jerusalem: loose  thyself from the bands of thy neck, O captive daughter of Zion. For thus  saith the Lord, Ye have sold yourselves from the bands of thy neck, O  captive daughter of Zion." [131]

If Americans could ever get past the government propaganda‑instilled fantasy that "we the people" can somehow control the government which rules over them, then they may realize that the Plutocrats and their central governments are the conquering masters. They are the corrupters of society, the programmers of depravity and the enemies of freedom.

Another View of America

Ezekiel saw a different view of America than we've been hearing. Let's take another look at Ezekiel's characterization of prophetic Israel:

8. After many days thou shalt be visited: in the latter years thou shalt come into the land that is brought (Hebrew: "turned") back from the  sword, and is gathered out of many people, against the mountains of Israel, which have been always waste: but it is brought forth out of the  nations, and they shall dwell safely all of them.

The phrase, "turned back from the sword" has usually been interpreted to mean turned back from war, or a land that is at peace. But, applying this to modern America has its problems. Even though America is usually thought of as a peaceful land, the fact is that it has had constant internal war waged against the people by government and their standing armies ‑ called "policemen."

We have also been involved in many conventional wars. The list includes: the Revolutionary war, the War of 1812, the Civil War, the Mexican‑American War, World War I, World War II, the Korean War, the Viet Nam War, and every covert military overthrow worldwide for a hundred years right up to the present Persian Gulf conflict.

"Turned back from the sword" fits better the idea of Plutocratic central government turning us, the people, back from our swords. In modern terms this would translate into turning us back from our guns through government suppression of private gun ownership and self‑defense. Then there is the phrase, "which have always been waste," used to describe the mountains of Israel.

In past expositions of Ezekiel 38, the phrase "continual waste" has been incorrectly defined as empty. The reasoning was that the North American Continent lay virtually empty for centuries until the English colonists came.

The Hebrew word for "waste" is #2723 Strong's Concordance and actually means "drought." Therefore, applying that to America would lead one to think that before the colonists came the North American continent was a gigantic desert due to a "continual drought." In fact the opposite is true; America has always been lush in many forms of fauna and flora.

According to the Scriptures when an Israelite or Christian is being consumed by famine, a drought, it means they are being consumed for the lack of the water and bread of life. Which is the Lord Jesus Christ. "And Jesus said unto them, I am the bread of life: he that cometh to me shall never hunger; and he that believeth on me shall never thirst." [132]

Moses declared this would be the case when we, as a people, turned from serving God: "Because thou [Israelites] servedst not the Lord thy God with joyfulness, and with gladness of heart, for the abundance of all things; Therefore shalt thou serve thine enemies which the Lord shall send against  thee, in hunger, and in thirst, and in nakedness, and in want of all things: and he shall put a yoke of iron upon thy neck, until he have destroyed thee." [133]

Can there be any doubt that America and its White Israelite and Christian people are suffering today, with all the ungodly acts being committed daily, is coming to pass? That Paul was indeed talking of this very hour when he said: "Even unto this present hour we both hunger, and thirst, and are naked, and are buffeted, and have no certain dwelling place." [134]

Therefore, it would appear that Ezekiel was speaking figuratively. Because, as we have seen, "Drought" can be more than just no rain. The prophet Haggai understood this when he also used "drought" figuratively:

5. "Now therefore thus saith the Lord of hosts; Consider your ways.

6. Ye have sown much, and bring in little; ye eat, but ye have not enough; ye drink, but ye are not filled with  drink; ye clothe you, but there is none warm; and he that earneth wages earneth wages to put it into a bag  with holes."

This describes the situation we are experiencing today, where prices are continually rising, but wages are low in comparison. As a result, people are had pressed to survive economically. Today's economy is a "bag with holes" through which the people's money is siphoned away from them. This is, also, one of the plans of the enemy and is outlined in the Protocol of the Learned Elders of Zion: "The aristocracy of the Christians as a political force, is dead ‑‑ we need not take it into account; but as landed proprietors they can still be harmful to us from the fact that they are self‑sufficing in the resources upon which they live.

It is essential therefore for us, at whatever cost, to deprive them of their land [houses ‑‑ one way is through S&L and Bank failures]. This object will be best attained by increasing the burdens upon landed property ‑‑ in loading lands with debts. These measures will check land‑holding and keep it in a state of humble and unconditional submission.

At the same time we must intensively patronize trade and industry, but, first and foremost speculation, the part played by which is to provide a counterpoise to industry: the absence of speculative industry will multiply  capital in private hands and will serve to restore agriculture by freeing the land from indebtedness to the land banks.

What we want is that industry should drain off from the land both labor and capital and by means of speculation transfer into our hands all the money of the world, and thereby throw all the Christians into the ranks of the proletariat. Then the Christians will bow down before us [as they tried to do the Lord Jesus Christ] if for no other reason but to get the right to exist. To complete the ruin of the industry of the Christians we shall bring  to the assistance of speculation the luxury which we have developed among them, that greedy demand for luxury which is swallowing up everything. We shall raise the rate of wages which, however, will not bring any advantage tot he workers, for, at the same time, we shall produce a rise in prices of the first necessaries of life..." [135]

From Haggai 1:9‑11:

9. Ye looked for much, and, lo, it came to little; and when ye brought it home, I did blow upon it (despise  it). Why? saith the Lord of hosts. Because of mine house that is waste, and ye run every man unto his own  house.

10. Therefore the heaven over you is stayed from dew, and the earth is  stayed from her fruit.

11. And I called for a drought upon the land, and upon the mountains, and upon the corn, and upon the new  wine, and upon the oil, and upon that which the ground bringeth forth, and upon men, and upon cattle, and upon all the labor of the hands.

"A drought on the labor of the hands" means that we would become unproductive. Today, there is a shortage of craftsmen and producers in America. We import more and more products from overseas and produce less and less here at home. This is caused by government oppression ‑ not that we are incapable of production.

In spite of financial ruin and demoralization here at home, Americans generally persist in "feeling safe." But, Ezekiel tells us in Chapter 13, verse 10, that false prophets will say "peace" where there is no peace.

And in 1 Thessalonians 5:3, we are warned, "For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction  cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child [this apparently means internal tumult]; and they shall not escape." Paul goes on in verse six to admonish Christians to "not sleep, as others do, but let us watch and be sober (serious)."

However, America has been invaded! America's Christians are asleep, and it would appear even more so than non‑Christians because of the false pastors in the pulpits of America today. The typical citizen of this land has given real meaning to the term "sleep as other do." The real enemy is ignored while a pitiful Soviet puppet is given full attention.

Thus, the true invasion is yet unseen by most Americans. We've been invaded and taken over by an enemy who plunders us, uses us and then brainwashes us to believe that he is doing us a service and that we are still free. Does this not fit the scenario that Ezekiel foresaw?

11. And thou (the International Plutocratic combine) shalt say, I will go up to the land of unwalled (unsuspecting) villages; I will to them that are at rest, that dwell safely, all of them dwelling without  walls, and having neither bars nor gates (unguarded ‑ ripe for picking).

And what the Protocols of the Learned Elders did in Protocol Number Six, Article 8, testify to: "In order that the true meaning of things may not strike the Christians before the proper time we shall mask it under an alleged ardent desire to serve the working classes and the great principles of political economy  about which our economic theories are carrying on an energetic propaganda."

Here, it seems that most preachers have misinterpreted Ezekiel's intent. Most will tell you Ezekiel is prophesying a future Russian military invasion of the Jews in Palestine. A few preachers may even tell you he is prophesying a future Russian military invasion of America. Very few, however, have seen the possible supposition which is being presented here.

The third possibility which seems just as likely ‑ namely, a financial/political invasion, an invasion which has already happened!

When the plutocrats saw that America had no laws to protect the citizens from plunder by bankers, they recognized this as a "promised land" for bankers, as the following 1863 quote indicates: Letter to: Messers. Iklheimer, Morton and Vandergould, No. 3 Wall St., New York, U.S.A.  "Dear Sirs: A. Mr. John Sherman has written us from a town in Ohio, U.S.A., as to the profits that may be made in the National Banking business under a recent act of your Congress, [136] a copy of which act accompanied his letter. Apparently this act has been drawn upon  the plan formulated here last summer by the British Bankers Association and by that Association recommended to our American friends as one that if enacted into law, would prove highly profitable to the banking fraternity, throughout the world.

Mr. Sherman declares that there has never before been such an opportunity for capitalists to accumulate money, as that presented by this  act and that the old plan, of State Banks is so unpopular, that the new  scheme will, by contrast, be most favorably regarded, notwithstanding the fact that it gives the National Banks an almost absolute control of the National Finance. 'The few who can understand the system,' he says 'will either be so interested in its profits, or so dependent on its favors, that  there will be no opposition from that class, while on the other hand, the great body of people, mentally incapable of comprehending the tremendous  advantages that capital derives from the system, will bear its burdens without complain and perhaps without even suspecting that the system is inimical to their interests.' Please advise us fully as to this matter and also state whether or not you will be of assistance to us, if we conclude to establish a National Bank in the City of New York...Awaiting your reply, we  are Your respectful servants Rothschild Brothers. London, June 25, 1863" [137]

Those who think Ezekiel 38 pictures only a Russian military invasion of America generally envision a scenario where Americans are truly "at peace" and "dwelling safely (confidently)" without need of physical walls, bars and gates to protect them. And, to a certain extent they are correct because many Americans are dwelling confidently when it come to thinking about the USSR. They are so optimistic about the one‑world government and then end of the so‑called "cold war." But, are Americans truly "safe," or are they just brainwashed into thinking they are safe? Americans may be dwelling safely from foreign enemies ‑ but what about domestic enemies? What about the enemy who strikes every one of us every day?

This enemy destroys more lives and hurts more people than any other thing you can name. He steals and lies with impunity. Even though foreign troops are not marching against us within our borders, the American citizen is being plundered daily.

He lives under constant threat of punishment by arbitrary powers; by his own government. He is forced to give up all personal privacy. Rights of ownership of private property have been taken from him by his conquerors. But why? How does this invading force remain unrecognized? He is living under Communism just as much as the citizens of Russia! And yet he does not realize it, so he thinks he dwells safely.

Americans, have been watching the degeneration of their society, the increase in violence, drugs, pornography, and the fanatical rise in the national debt, and asks what will we do when America falls into Socialism, Communism, insolvency and surrender. Make no mistake about it, the Thought‑theology of what we understand is Communism HAS taken over in America. It is not called by that name however, it is called Socialism.

The Hammer and Sickle does not adorn our flag, but we are under the control of Communism just as surely as there is a God in Heaven and that Jesus Christ sits at His right hand. Does that sound preposterous? Think about it. How would we know "when Communism, is sold as democracy," is the ultimate law of the land?

Those who are not employing "more powerful levers and more subtle webs" have succeeded in their plans, so far, and most of those living in this country may not notice much of a difference from what they think of as the American Way these days!

To demonstrate that this is true, we will list what has been called the ten basic planks of the Communist Manifesto, for your study and review.

1). Abolition of Property in Land and Application of All Rents to Public Use.

The 14th Amendment of the U.S. Constitution (1868), and various zoning, school & property taxes. Also the Bureau of Land Management.

Did you know that the Federal Government of Washington, D.C., now owns over 40% of the land mass of the United States? That is more land than the entire country east of the Mississippi River. It does so in direct violation of the United States Constitution.

The Federal Government now owns more than 10% of all industrial properties, railroads, barge lines, etc. As the government takes over more and more land, that property is taken off the tax rolls, and thus increases the taxes all of us must pay on the land we suppose that we own.

Most Americans think they own their land. They think that a certain parcel upon which they live actually belongs to them. Have your lawyer explain to you why your deeds have been drawn as they have or why you and your wife are called "tenants in common" and other strange language and phrases in the world of law. Here is the rule of law: If you must pay the state or country a "property tax," and the state or country can sell your property to someone else if you fail to pay the tax, you are not the actual and lawful owner of that land or property! Marx called the use tax on land, rent. Today it is called "property tax" and while universally accepted by most Americans, the property tax is 100% Marxist (Communist) in nature.

The land that is still informally held in private hands, is now subject to state and municipal controls called "land use" and you can only do certain things on land that you suppose you own. If you actually owned it, instead of being merely a "tenant with a vested interest in it," no City, State or Federal controls could be imposed upon it. You sit tight when the Federal Government tells you, via an unconstitutional statute, that you must rent "your property" to anyone who comes to your door, regardless of race, color, national origin and sexual preference.

From whence did they get the lawful jurisdiction to tell you what you can do on "your property?" If indeed it is your property, there is no such authority except that which you voluntarily submit to. However, since you are merely a tenant paying property use tax rent on the land, they have every right to tell you how you will use that property and how far from the property line you must build any house, etc.

Can you imagine Patrick Henry putting up with such nonsense? Of course not! But then, Patrick Henry was a Freeman, not a Communist. He did not hold Communist ideas about the use of land, as most Americans do today. How about you? Are you a Communist when it comes to land use?

As to the use of land, every Senator and every Congressman is a Communist today. Nothing much will change "when Communism takes over," except that you will know that you are a mere tenant and not a land owner as you had supposed for years. Some of you tenants will be pushed off the state's land so that another tenant can use your nice home and farm, and if you resist, you may be legally shot.

When the Communist agent, Woodie Guthrie, wrote the now famous song, "This Land is My Land; this Land is Your Land..." he was writing with the Communist understanding about land and land ownership. Yet patriotic groups, ignorant of Communist objectives, often sing that song with the same attitude and reverence as they do with "America, the Beautiful."

2). A Heavy Progressive or Graduated income Tax.

Misapplication of the 16th Amendment of the U.S. Constitution, 1913, The Social Security Act of 1936.; Joint House Resolution 192 of 1933; and various State "income" taxes. We call it "paying your fair share."

This is probably the best known of the Communist political concepts in use today in America. If there is any Communist statute or regulation that has been imposed unlawfully on most Americans, and one which affects their very lives and fortunes the most, the Communist income tax has to be it.

If there was any statute that employed more "powerful levers" or "subtle webs," you would be hard pressed to find it. As with the progressive tax on property, it is a Communist idea of "from each according to his ability and to each according to his need" that finds exact expression in the federal and state graduated income tax laws. Yet 90% of all Americans accept this system of federal revenue taxation as if it were both Scriptural and American. It is neither. It comes from the Jewish Babylonian Talmud, and is the main cornerstone of Communist Thought‑theology. Marxism‑Leninism is not only a political thought, but is also the religion of the Communists and Socialists.

It is a well‑known hallmark of Communism when you see people turning in their neighbors to the authorities. It is now beginning on a large scale in America with such carefully prepared TV shows as "Unsolved Mysteries," where the TV uses brutal murders, drug and child abuse crimes to get the public accustomed to thinking about turning people in so as to solve these crimes. You can become a "state hero" and even get paid $1 ,000 for your help.

Next, you will be paid for turning in people who own firearms or for not telling our people about unlawful government activities. Even now this can be seen, when someone tells another they are un‑American, un‑patriotic, un‑Christian or the now famous remark "Love It Or Leave It" who complain about government officials who are ruining our country. Never coming to the realization that it is un‑American and un‑Christian not to speak out against government injustice. It was government officials who put Peter and the Apostles in prison for speaking out: "Then the high priest [a high government official at that time and place] rose up, and all they [the other rulers of Jerusalem] that were with  him, (which is the sect of the Sadducees,) and were filled with indignation [because Paul and the Apostles were speaking out against government injustice], And laid their hands on the apostles, and put them in the common prison...Then came one and told them, saying, Behold, the men whom ye put in prison are standing in the temple, and teaching [once again speaking out against government injustice ‑ and about the Lord Jesus Christ] the people. Then went the captain with the officers, and brought them...before the  council [their equivalent of our Congress or Supreme Court]: and the high  priest asked them, Saying, Did not we straitly command you that ye should not teach in this name [The name of the Lord Jesus Christ]? and, behold, ye have filled Jerusalem with your doctrine...Then Peter and the other apostles answered and said, We ought to obey God rather than men." [138]

Are you beginning to see that Communism has already taken over America?

3). Abolition of All Right to Inheritance.

We call it Federal & State estate Tax (1916); or reformed Probate Laws, and limited inheritance via arbitrary inheritance tax statutes.

In spite of the federal Estate Tax of 1916, your Communist government has yet to accomplish this objective. They have imposed a heavy inheritance tax, illegally confiscating a large part of that property a man leaves to his children. So much so that after a couple of generations, the property is usually gone.

How many people do you know who still live on their grandfather's farm or ranch? Naturally, the lower classes, who have chosen not to save enough to purchase property, have no inheritances to leave. The super‑ rich have been provided the use of tax‑exempt foundations so that their wealth is passed on to their posterity. It is the great middle‑class that the Communist objectives are directed toward, and which are succeeding very well in America. Where does the federal government get the authority and jurisdiction to tax the property of the deceased?

4). Confiscation of the Property of Emigrants and Rebels.

We call in government seizures, tax liens, Public "law" 99-570 (1986); Executive order 11490, sections 1205, 2002 which gives private land to the Department of Urban Development; the imprisonment of "terrorists" and those who speak out or write against the "government" (1997 Crime/Terrorist Bill); or the IRS confiscation of property without due process.

Emigrants are people who leave a country, and that does not apply to Americans. However, look at what is done to Americans our government calls "rebels." All the government has to do is allege that a person is a "tax resister" or a drug pusher and his property, money and real estate can be confiscated without due process.

Some of you saw the story on "Inside Edition" where a citizen's property was taken by the Federal authorities without due process merely because she had rented the house to people, later determined to have been using the house for drug traffic. All the government needs to do is allege that property, money, real estate, cars, boats, etc., are owned by those involved in drugs, and that property, can be taken and sold under Public Law 99‑570 set in place in 1986.

There are some real horror stories. Some minimum wage seaman can sneak drugs aboard a million dollar ship, unknown to the owners or the captain, and the ship can be and probably will be confiscated by the government without due process of law!

5). Centralization of Credit in the Hands of the State, by Means of A National Bank With State Capital and an Exclusive Monopoly.

We call it the Federal Reserve which is a credit/debt system nationally organized by the Federal Reserve act of 1913. All local banks are members of the Fed system, and are regulated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC).

It was through the Federal Reserve Act of 1913 that the private banking cartel known as The Federal Reserve Bank came into being. It is through this scheme, with the government controlling the banks and credit for the benefit of the secret shareholders, that the effect of this objective of the Communists came into being in the United States. The super rich bankers, while they liked the controls envisioned by Karl Marx, decided that all the usury and profits should go into their pockets instead of the federal coffers. It is this small outlaw band of International Jewish Bankers who decide how much interest you are going to pay on your home mortgage and they have the monopoly power to force other banks to charge the same rates. Individual credit can be given or withheld at the whim of these bankers.

The "private" Federal Reserve Banking System is neither "federal" nor does it have any "reserves" as commonly believed. The local Federal Reserve Bank is not listed under agencies of the Federal Government, but it is listed as a private business.

The Federal Reserve "Notes," which you carry in your pocket, though printed by the federal government for these private bankers's use, and identified as "legal tender," are in fact privately circulated bank notes. As "notes" they do not certify that the U.S. Treasury has gold of silver to "back them" but state on their face that the U.S. Government is in debt to that amount.

You are not paying your bills with certificates of wealth, but with evidences of federal debt. You are passing the U.S. debt to the bankers, around, among yourselves as if it was lawful money.

The "Private" Federal Reserve makes huge profits for its member banks, and yet it pays no federal or state income taxes, and they have "never" been audited by any government agency.

A few years ago, Senator Metcalf of Washington State launched a campaign against the Federal Reserve and had it put on the ballot to restore the right to create money to the Congress as specified in the Constitution. The people in Washington State were so thoroughly indoctrinated by our prostitute news media, that they actually voted it down!

In 1933, when so many banks lost their shirts and had to repay their depositors or close their doors, the Federal Reserve Act was changed to incorporate the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC).

Here is how this works, and we can see it with the current Savings and Loan scandals. In good times, the bankers make huge profits. However, in bad times, the American taxpayers are called upon to bail out the bankers, letting them retain their personal assets.

But, most people are so accustomed to the yoke of Communism, thrust upon them in the name of "democracy" and "social security," that they believe that these things must be the form of government our Forefathers gave us. They think it is normal to have total taxes amount to over 50% of their income. Where is their Great Republic based upon the Common Law and the Constitution? For all practical purposes, it no longer exists.

6). Centralization of the Means of Communication and Transportation in the Hands of the State.

We call it the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and Department of Transportation (DOT) mandated through the ICC act of 1887, the Commissions Act of 1934, The Interstate Commerce Commission established in 1938, The Federal Aviation Administration, Federal Communications Commission, and Executive orders 11490, 10999, as well as State mandated driver's licenses and Department of Transportation regulations.

All radio and television networks are licensed and permitted to operate "only" at the pleasure of the federal government through the Federal Communications Commission. Because their programming is under strict federal guidelines, anti‑Communist programs are rarely aired.

Can you recall one TV program, in the past 20‑25 years which set forth the Communist objectives for the conquest of America and the World? Instead, all programming is designed to promote Socialist or Communist thinking, and our country is never referred to as a Republic but always as a democracy.

All news is designed to promote the Communists and their leading individuals as reasonable people, and anti‑Communist nations, such as South Africa, are always cast in an unfavorable light.

Communist objectives for America, such as degeneration of moral values, interracial marriage, promiscuous sex, and homosexual life styles, are treated in both the news and the "situation comedies" as normal and healthy, and are given to us and our children on a daily basis.

All transportation by air is under either the Federal Aviation Agency or the Civil Aeronautics, and the government controls how these private businesses operate and the fares and rates that they can charge. The federal government controls every form of interstate commerce, and sets the rates that these private businesses can charge and even how long a truck driver can drive his own truck in a given day.

7). Extension of Factories and Instruments of Production Owned by the State; The Bringing in Cultivation of Waste Lands, The Improvement of the Soil According to A Common Plan.

We call it corporate capacity, The Desert Entry Act and The Department of Agriculture. As well as the Department of Commerce and Labor, Department of Interior, the Environmental Protection Agency, Bureau of Land Management, Bureau of Reclamation, Bureau of Mines, National Park Service, and the IRS control of business through corporate regulations.

The federal government now owns and operates more than 25,000 corporate units in direct competition with private enterprise. Most of these corporations are operated at staggering losses, even though they pay no property taxes and no interest on invested capital. All of these, along with their losses, are being operated without the slightest shred of Constitutional authority.

Furthermore, according to figures taken from the Federal Budget, the aggregate losses of these federally owned businesses and property, including the lost state and local taxes thereon, exceed the total amount collected each year in personal income taxes! 

According to the Liberty Amendment Committee, from whom these statistics were taken, the sale of these unlawfully owned businesses would retire about one third of the national debt, and make the personal individual income taxes a thing of the past.

We are 100% in favor of bringing wastelands into cultivation and improving the soil. However, this must be done on a private enterprise basis, and not as the result of federal bureaucratic intervention. However, in accordance to the Communist orientation of our government, swarms of New Officers (to use the language of the Declaration of Independence) have been descending upon our farmers. There is the Bureau of Land Management, Bureau of Reclamation, Bureau of Mines, Environmental Protection Agency, and many others. We do not need to comment on the crisis now being faced by America's independent farmers. It is not the result of incompetent farmers but because of federal meddling in both their agricultural and financial affairs.

8). Equatiliability of all to Labor, Establishment of Industrial Armies, Especially in Agriculture.

We call it the Social Security Administration and The Department of Labor. The National debt and inflation caused by the communal bank has caused the need for a two "income" family. Woman in the workplace since the 1920's, the 19th amendment of the U.S. Constitution, the Civil Rights Act of 1964, assorted Socialist Unions, affirmative action, the Federal Public Works Program and of course Executive order 11000.

In the first sentence, the emphasis should be on the word, liability. This is to be a "worker's paradise" and therefore all have an equal liability, a pecuniary obligation, to labor. Every citizen, according to Marx, is required to labor, and ever person is to be assigned a job.

There is to be no non‑laboring middle class working as salesmen and shop‑keepers. Once the farmers finally fail in large numbers [and it appears that is exactly what is happening today 1990], not because of agriculture flaws so much as corporate debt, the Communist agriculture armies, gathered from those "huddled masses yearning to be free," that now clog up the welfare rolls, will be sent forth to plant, till and harvest in the vain hope that they can feed the people.

9). Combination of Agriculture With Manufacuring; Gradual Abolition of the Distinction Between Town and Country by A More Equitable Distribution of the Population Over the Country.

We call it the Planning Reorganization act of 1949 , zoning [139] and Super Corporate Farms, as well as Executive orders 11647, 11731 (ten regions) and Public "law" 89-136.

The destruction of the cities has been going on since the Roosevelt Depression. Socialist Communist confiscatory property and business taxes on producer, and welfare handouts to non‑ producers, have driven commerce and industry out of the cities and provides the excuse for federal control of land use, environmental impact studies, and regional planning. Federal regional planning is done between states and over state lines, is the way this Marxist plank is being carried out today.

10). Free Education of All Children in Public Schools, Abolition of Children’s Factory Labor in Its Present Form, Combination of Education With Industrial Production.

People are being taxed to support what we call 'public' schools, which train the young to work for the communal debt system. We also call it the Department of Education, the NEA and Outcome Based "Education." 

When Karl Marx wrote "free" he meant compulsory education of the children under the control of the State. Because of the contract with the State known as the "Marriage License," your children are legally Wards of the State. They must have "shots" and a Social Security number "required to protect the State's wards." State run and tax financed government schools began soon after the publishing of the Communist Manifesto, with the key leader at that time being Horace Mann.

Next came Socialized/Communist or often called "progressive" education under the guidance of John Dewey. Do you remember having to read about the wonders of Socialism/Communism in books by Lincoln Stephens in high school? The most Socialist/Communist class in any high school is not history or social science but English, where the leftist teacher can direct the children to read certain books and make reports on them.

English is the only required class for all students, and it is there that the Communists have directed their most attention. Under Biblical law, early American instruction, where students were studying Greek and Latin by 9 years of age, has always been the responsibility of the parents and their church assembly. Children were taught the moral values of the parents and of their church. Today, it is the State that determines what the standards will be for the children's education.

Federal Aid to Education determines how the States will set up the basic teachings and philosophy and this exactly what Marx had in mind.

This form of education teaches the child to look to the State for help, and the State becomes the child's "god." Christian instruction, in contrast, teaches the child to look to God and the Lord Jesus Christ, and that if he needs a hand he finds one at the end of his arm. As you look at our youth educated in government schools, observe their appearance and their attitudes, and remember that crime and drug use is increasing 7X as fast as the population, you will see the evil genius of Karl Marx in full bloom.

There is a clear distinction between "instruction" and "education." And that is humanistic, New Age, and Eastern philosophy that man is intrinsically good. Hence the use of the word "education" by the modern Socialist/Communist, which means from the Latin, "draw the good out." In contrast, the Bible teaches that all men are sinners, and that they are basically of a sinful, wicked nature.

Thus, there is no way to "draw good out" of them. Christian philosophy, based upon the Truth of the Bible, teaches that children are to be instructed, that is have the good of God's Laws put into them so that they can be pleasing in God's sight.

Today, those church groups that teach that God's Laws are still in full force and effect, always refer to their schools as Christian Instruction. Those churches who have gone the way of humanism, teaching that God's Laws, Statutes and Judgments were abandoned at the Cross, rightly call their schools "Christian Education." The term "Christian Education" is an oxymoron, an absurd contradiction in meaning to those of us with even a smattering of classical study.

As to the second part of Marx's 10th Plank, children under 16 are not permitted to work for wages. All private apprentice ships have been abolished for children seeking to learn a trade before the age of 16. Roosevelt's Socialist/Communist friends had the Fair Labor Standards Act passed in 1937 where apprenticeships are now under the control of the State.

J. Edgar Hoover, in his classic book on the Communist threat to America, Masters Of Deceit, wrote that his greatest fear was that Americans would become "state of mind Communists" while adamantly denying any interest or adherence to Communism. And that is exactly what has happened.

Most Americans go along with every single plank of the Communist Manifesto and even supposed that it is the American Way! Obviously, there is only one entity that has the power to do this to the people consistently, year in and year out, without answering for their crimes and atrocities. Central government is the ultimate invading enemy of a peaceful society.

When central government conquers a land, the people are in total subjection ‑ and they learn to like it. They are taught that anyone who accepts his state of subjection is called a "law‑abiding citizen," and anyone who objects is called a "criminal" and is either killed, imprisoned or forced into hiding.

Americans are subject to frequent and arbitrary arrests, fines, harassment, outrageous taxation and even physical harm from the government, the IRS, or their mercenary hit men called "the police." Our forefathers called them "standing armies."

Americans think it is natural and right to fear and worship central government. They think nothing of it. They take it for granted, as if there were no alternatives. They are so well enslaved that they merrily submit to government embezzlement of over one‑third of their income and the total loss of their privacy. Freedom is a foreign concept to most Americans, and for this reason they cannot even relate to the actual meaning of Ezekiel's prophecy of "dwelling safely."

Americans have grown so dumb that they can think they are safe and free while, in reality, they are conquered slaves. Central government, on the other hand, knows how to invade and conquer a people who are dumb and ripe for the picking.

Americans are taught from birth to believe they live in a free country. However, times change, and America has been changed in many ways by the combined efforts of Judaism, Zionism, Communism and the other enemies of the United States.  Often, old formalities are still observed, but the meaning and inner Christian morality of America has changed, and no one has seen these changes more clearly the author of this work; The Texan A Christian Israelite. The press, for instance, loves to brag to its victims, the readers and viewers, about its freedom. Yes! The press (media) is free to lie, distort, and suppress, deceive, and malign: But it is not free to tell the truth!

Are we free when an American citizen, in spectacle of a man being framed, and his 13 year old son and wife were murdered by Federal Agents, near Naples, Idaho in August of 1992; his only crime was the "alleged" possession of a shot gun with a barrel 1/4 of an inch too short?; as in the case of Gordon Kahl, murdered by government assassins and the house set on fire to cover up the murder.

Are we free when a citizen can be arrested without a warrant and held in jail without bail on the "unsupported" word of "any" government employee that the person in question is a threat to society.

Are we free when the vultures of the "media" can, with impunity, swoop down upon a victim and deposit lies and scorn upon him and accuse him of things he never did and/or saying things he never said, in an effort to build up "public opinion" against him?

Is America a free country when a patriot can be held in the filthiest of jails with Negro and White Criminals, degenerates and perverts and subject to their abuse when his only guilt was being a White Christian who loves his God, Savior, family and country?

Are we free when such a "criminal" is given the so-called diesel treatment [being moved from jail to jail in an effort to prevent him from contacting his family and friends or even his lawyer], at the same time a group which was supposedly set up to defend the constitutional rights of Americans, the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU), would rather defend the "rights" of queers, traitors, murderers, rapists, perverts, deviates, pornographers and every other anti-Christian degenerate known to man than a sincere, true Patriot?

Are we free when a judge can rule that a "political" prisoner is not to have a "speedy and public trial by an impartial jury of his peers..." as granted by the Bill of Rights, but, instead, must have a mental examination for the obvious purpose of eliminating a jury trial altogether?

Are we free when a citizen can be stopped for no reason and searched under the auspices of looking for drugs or illegal items, and if they have more money on their person than the police officer or agent thinks they should have; can have that money taken from them and almost never returned?

And finally, are we free when a certain group, vastly more powerful than the ACLU or even the government itself, so powerful that most men dare not speak its name above a whisper, unless in terms of the most groveling and enduring praise; are we free when this same group is able to dictate to the government the exact procedure to be used in disposing of troublemakers.

Living in a time when wickedness and sin of every kind abound in the hearts of the people and the public policy and police force of the nation reflects that unrighteousness, it becomes urgent that the Christian remnant addresses the events which are unfolding right before their eyes.

These people are defenseless in the sense of not being able to recognize the enemy. They are not "on guard," because they don't feel the need to protect themselves behind personal walls of privacy. They tell everyone all their private matters by filling out applications, census forms, etc., and by engaging in sensitivity training or group therapy sessions on the job, at church and at school. Such a people have no defense against such an invader.

The people's lack of will to resist this kind of conquest by men and women whom they elected to be their representatives, but have instead become their leaders; their rulers equates to Ezekiel's analogy of "not having walls, bars or gates."

So America actually is a land where people live without psychological walls, bars or gates ‑ i.e., without privacy or freedom. Not only that, but the people have neither the common sense to want freedom, nor the backbone to fight for it. Also, in the original Hebrew, "the land of unwalled villages" appears to be a mistranslation and could have been rendered "the land of open spaces" ‑ meaning "an open country." In one sense, America is an "open country" because it is open to illegal aliens who have poured across our borders (invading) by the millions. Again, it was the central government that opened the borders and continues to reward all invaders with subsidies derived from the taxes pilfered from "law‑abiding" Americans.

God’s Judgement

But there is a part of Ezekiel's prophecy which has not yet been fulfilled: the destruction of the invaders of prophetic Israel: the United States of America. The phrase in verse 8, "After many days thou shalt be VISITED..." refers to God's judgment (visitation).

In Scripture whenever God "visits" anyone or refers to His "presence" being somewhere, it does not mean a polite social call; He come to judge. And this judgment can come in the form of shaking and fire, as well as death and pestilence.

8. And it shall come to pass at the same time when Gog shall come against the land of Israel, saith the Lord  God, that my fury shall come up in my face.

19. For in my jealousy and in the fire of my wrath have I spoken, Surely in that day there shall be a great shaking in the land of Israel;

20. So that the fishes of the sea, and the fowls of the heaven, and the beast of the field, and all creeping things that creep upon the earth, and all the men that are upon the face of the earth, shall shake at my presence, and the mountains shall be thrown down, and the steep places  shall fall, and every wall shall fall to the ground.

Remember, Gog is called the "prince of Rosh" in the original Hebrew. It is interesting to note that the word "Rosh" [140] means to shake. Gog is a rod in God's hands used to "shake" or judge His people.

22. And I will plead against him with pestilence and with blood; and I will rain upon him, and upon his  bands, and upon the many people that are with him, an overflowing rain, and great hailstones, fire, and brimstone.

Fire is also mentioned in Chapter 39:

6. And I will send a fire on Magog, and among them that dwell carelessly in the isles: and they shall know that I am the Lord.

Notice that a direct result of the fire is that Magog shall know who God is. Does this refer to a literal fire storm literally raining out of the sky on top of a Russian airborne invasion, destroying it by fire? It's not very likely!

There must be something more to the fire in Ezekiel 38 and 39 than literal flames. The fire would have to be symbolic of something that would enlighten people to the identity of the Lord. ‑ like His Word and messengers enforcing His Word in His name.

The following Bible verses illustrate how fire symbolized these things:

29. Is not my word like a fire, saith the Lord; and like a hammer that breaketh the rock in pieces? [141]

17. And the light of Israel shall be for a fire, and his Holy One for a flame: and it shall burn and devour  his thorns and his briers in one day. [142]

18. And the house of Jacob shall be a fire, and the house of Joseph a flame, and the house of Esau for  stubble, and they shall kindle in them, and devour them; and there shall not be any remaining of the house of Esau; for the Lord hath spoken it.[143]

This verse ties in very well with Ezekiel's Red invasion because Esau is "Edom" which means "red."

7. And of the messengers he saith, Who maketh his messengers spirits, and his ministers a flame of fire. [144]

The parable of the tares and the wheat also tells the same story of a secret invasion, God's judgment by fire, and how God's messengers play a large part in this judgment.

Jesus relates how a man sowed good seed in his field, but while men slept (or were unaware) and enemy came and secretly sowed tares (weeds) among the wheat. When the wheat was sprung up, the tares were also, and the servants wanted to immediately go out and pull up the tares. However, the master told them to wait until the harvest when the tares could be separated from the wheat and burned without destroying the wheat. Later, Jesus explained the symbolism behind this parable:

37. He answered and said unto them, He that soweth the good seed is the Son of man;

38. The field is the world; the good seed are the children of the kingdom; but the tares are the children of the wicked one. [145]

These tares are the covert or hidden infiltrators (the agents of the plutocrats) in government who are not evident at first. The people were unaware that they had been invaded.

39. The enemy that sowed them is the devil: the harvest is the end of the age; and the reapers are the messengers (enforcers of God's Law).

40. As therefore the tares are gathered and burned in the fire; so shall it be in the end of this age.

41. The Son of man shall send forth his messengers, and they shall gather out of his kingdom all things that  offend, and them which do iniquity;

42. And shall cast them into a furnace of fire: there shall be wailing and gnashing of teeth.

43. Then shall the righteous shine forth as the sun in the kingdom of their Father. Who hath ears to hear, let him hear. [146]

God's Word is "sharper than any two‑edged sword;" it divides or separates falsehood from truth and the wicked from the righteous (the tares from the wheat).

The messengers who uphold the truth about God's Word also educate people as to who He is, thus magnifying God's name. Here is an encouragement that truth always shines forth in a day of judgment, exposing the enemy and the secret ways America has been invaded.

In other words, when the people receive enough judgment from God, and when they wake up to how they have been deceived by the Plutocrats, they will have no trouble recognizing who the good guys and the bad guys are.

At that point, the "fire of God" will be manifest through His servants who will no longer tolerate the enemies who rape the land.

23. Thus (by fire, i.e., God's Word and judgment) will I magnify myself, and sanctify myself; and I will be  known in the eyes of many nations and they shall know that I am the Lord. [147]

7. So will I make my holy name known in the midst of my people Israel; and I will not let them (Israel)  pollute my holy name any more: and the heathen (non‑Israelites) shall know that I am the Lord, the Holy One in Israel. [148]

Burying the Dead

But the question arises: what, exactly, will happen when the merchants of the earth and their agents in central government are falling? One clue is given in Chapter 38:

21. And I will call for a sword against him throughout all my mountains (nations), saith the Lord God: every  man's sword shall be against is brother. [149]

In other words, the enemy will fight among themselves and get rid of each other just as the Midianites did when Gideon and his small army of 300 men made a surprise attack on them (we can see the beginning in the Wall Street scandals going on at the present time. They are like sharks in a feeding frenzy, and are feeding on one another). But that will not entirely remove the tares.

Ezekiel usually has been interpreted to say that the Russians will launch their airborne invasion over the North Pole, run into a fire‑storm sent from God and be dashed to the ground in the great Mississippi valley. There will be so many dead Russians and Chinese that it will take Americans seven months to bury them all. This is usually the message we hear from Ezekiel 39:11‑15. But what if the real enemies are the merchants of the earth (and not the Russian and Chinese soldiers who are also slaves to their own central governments) and we have been experiencing an extended, covert invasion, how do verse 11‑15 apply?

11. And it shall come to pass in that day, that I will give unto Gog a place there of graves in Israel, the valley of the passengers on the east of the sea: and it shall stop the mouths of those who pass by: and there shall they bury Gog and all his multitude: and they shall call it The valley of Hamongog (multitude of Gog). [150]

The literal Hebrew calls this valley "the valley of those who pass by." "Those who pass by" is a phrase translated from the Hebrew word [151] meaning "to cross over." This word is used commonly to mean a transition, literally or figuratively. Therefore, it could be rendered "the valley of transition."    

The obvious transition is that of switching from the Babylonian system of government to God's system of government. The word "valley" is here being used as a symbol for a period of time, and this time period is a "transition."

12. And seven months shall the house of Israel be burying of them, that they may cleanse the land.

13. Yea, all the people of the land shall bury them; and it shall be to them a renown the day that I shall be glorified, saith the Lord God.

14. And they shall sever out men of continual employment, passing through the land to bury with the passengers those that remain upon the face of the earth, to cleanse it: after the end of seven months shall they search.

15. And the passengers that pass through the land, when any seeth a man's bone, then shall he set up a sign by it, till the buriers have buried it in the valley of Hamongog. [152]

While thinking of Ezekiel's description of the dead and their burial in "the valley of transition," most people totally forget about the chapter which immediately precedes Ezekiel 38 and 39. Ezekiel 37 describes an unusual regeneration to life in "the valley of dry bones."

Ezekiel is told to prophesy upon these bones which represent the whole house of Israel. Suddenly, the bones shake and come together. Then muscles and flesh appear upon them; life is breathed into them; and those who were dead stand up on their feet ‑ a great army.

As one reads this chapter, he realizes that Ezekiel is speaking figuratively. Instead of a literal, physical resurrection, this scene depicts a spiritual regeneration of Israelites who had been walking around spiritually dead. Also, in verse 11, we see that the Israelites are physically alive when they say, "Our bones are dried, and our hope is lost..." This means that the dead in Chapter 39 were "spiritually" dead, rather than "physically" dead.

The very same prophecy of a spiritual awakening followed by an invasion from Gog and then Gog's destruction by fire is repeated in Revelation 20:

4. And I saw thrones, and they sat upon them, and judgment was given unto them: and I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus, and for the word of God, and which had not worshiped the beast, neither his image, neither had received his mark upon their foreheads, nor in their hands; and they lived and reigned with Christ a thousand years. [153]

These spiritually‑awakened people lived and reigned with Christ even while they were in the midst of the spiritually dead people.

Most people miss the present fulfillment of this because they fail to understand that reigning with Christ is much different than the way man reigns. The people are spiritually‑alive because they have Christ within them. They don't have to be "in power" over other men, because they are free and independent.

5. But the rest of the dead lived not again until the thousand years were finished. This (verses 4 and 5) is the first resurrection (i.e., eonian life; spiritual regeneration).

6. Blessed and holy is he that hath part in the first resurrection: on such the second death hath no power, but they shall be priests of God and of Christ, and shall reign with him a thousand years. [154]

Then follows the description of Gog's invasion:

7. And when the thousand years are expired, the adversary (plutocratic conspirators) shall be loosed out of his prison.

8. And Gog and Magog shall go out to deceive the nations which are in the four quarters of the earth to gather them together to battle: the number of whom is as the sand of the sea.

9. And they went up on the breadth of the earth, and compassed the camp of the saints about, and the beloved city: and fire came down from God out of heaven, and devoured them. [155]

Because of Futurism, most people have missed the parallel of Revelation 20 to Ezekiel 38 and 39, thinking that reigning with Christ occurs in some utopian kingdom off in the future. Somehow, they think that this paradise will only last 1,000 years and then there will be trouble again on the earth.

During this time of transition from man's system to God's system, the spiritually dead and their system will be "buried." That is a figurative way of saying that whatever is spiritually dead will be abolished, torn down, outsted, or even annihilated.  The spiritually awakened people of Israel are the messengers who sever the wicked from the just as described in the parable of the wheat and the tares. The severing will probably occur both by the preaching of God's Word and by bloodshed, because in many cases the walking dead will fight to defend and keep man's system.

The only way this burial of things that are spiritually dead could happen is if the people of Israel have had a spiritual awakening and could discern what is spiritually dead. It won't happen overnight: the term "seven months," rather than meaning a literal seven months, could actually be a way of saying "a long time."

Eating The Flesh of The Plutocrats

Toward the end of the prophecy of Ezekiel's Red invasion he indicates that things will culminate with better times for Israel. After Chapter 39 describes the fall of Gog and the merchants, and their burial by the people of Israel, it goes on to tell of a feast consisting of what is left of the fallen merchants.

17. And thou son of man, thus saith the Lord God; Speak unto every feathered fowl, and to every beast of the field, Assemble yourselves, and come; gather yourselves on every side to my sacrifice that I do sacrifice for you, even a great sacrifice upon the mountains of Israel, that ye may eat flesh, and drink blood.

18. Ye shall eat the flesh of the mighty, and drink the blood of the princes of the earth, of rams, of lambs, and of goats, of bullocks, all of them fatlings of Bashan.

19. And ye shall eat fat till ye be full, and drink blood till ye be drunken, of my sacrifice which I have      sacrificed for you.

20. Thus ye shall be filled at my table with horses and chariots, with mighty men, and with all men of war,  saith the Lord God. [156]

Ezekiel uses the symbols of the "feathered fowl" and the "beast of the field" to represent the poor and the stranger ‑ those men who have been oppressed and robbed by the merchants. Men are often symbolized by animals in scripture to illustrate a point. The "eating of flesh" and the "drinking of blood" is also symbolic and represents how the tables will be turned on the Plutocrats who have been "eating" and "drinking" up the substance of the people they have been oppressing and robbing.

We find allegories being used all through the Scriptures. No one has a problem with Judah being called a lion's whelp [157] ; Zebulun as a foal and an ass's colt [158] ; Issachar as a strong ass [159] ; Naphtali as a hind {A red deer ‑‑ one that is fully grown} [160] ; Joseph as a bough {branch or limb of a tree}[161] ; Benjamin as a wolf [162] ; All the tribes as a lion [163] ; Gad as a lion [164] ; Dan as a lion's whelp [165] ; Jesus as a Lamb [166] ; Israel as a speckled bird [167] ; A nation of the East as a ravenous bird [168] ; Preachers as fishers [169] ; Pharaoh King of Egypt as a young lion and a whale [170] and Herod as a fox. [171] Christ warned the Apostles to beware of the Pharisees (Jews) lies, doctrines, and propaganda; and called it Leaven. [172] There are many more allegories which could be presented but we believe this should suffice. Was any of these men such an animal or thing? Of course not! It is simply a description of the characteristics of these separate individuals. Verses 9 and 10 explain this same thing in another way:

9. And they that dwell in the cities of Israel shall go forth, and shall set on fire and burn the weapons, both  the shields and the bucklers, the bows and the arrows, and the hand staves, and the spears, and they shall burn them with fire seven years:

10. So that they shall take no wood out of the field, neither cut down any out of the forests; for they shall  burn the weapons with fire: and they shall spoil those that spoiled them, and rob those that robbed them saith the Lord God. [173]

A simple weapons update from bows and arrows to guns and tanks does not make these verses work. Metal does not burn as easily as wood and does not provide the same use. Wood is here being described in a general sense as fuel to sustain everyday life for the Israelites.

Since the merchants have fallen by the time we get to verse 9, they no longer have control of their weapons of money and great wealth. The people now are able to take these "weapons" and use them for "fuel" to sustain their everyday life. They will no longer have to live a life of poverty, struggling to survive after being robbed through taxes, usury and monetary oppression.

Revelation 18 echoes this same story:

6. Reward her (Mystery Babylon) even as she rewarded you, and double unto her double according to her  works: in the cup which she hath filled to her double.

7. How much she hath glorified herself, and lived deliciously, so much torment and sorrow give her: for she saith in her heart, I sit a queen, and am no widow, and shall see no sorrow.

8. Therefore shall her plagues come in one day, death, and mourning, and famine; and she shall be utterly  burned with fire: for strong is the Lord God who judgeth her.

11. And the merchants of the earth shall weep and mourn over her, for no man buyeth their merchandise any more. [174]

By ridding ourselves of the diversion of Futurism we can take a more practical view of Ezekiel 38 and 39 and more clearly see what is actually happening right before our eyes. The current war in the impending war in the Middle East and the current war against the American public by the central government can be seen for what they are: further manipulations by the plutocrats to plunder and enslave the people. But we yearn for those better times Ezekiel prophesied, when the villainous merchants and murderous politicians will get what is coming to them, and our King and Savior, Jesus Christ will be glorified in the battle. Many who read this will reject it outright, others will consider it; then discard it and few will accept it as a true prophecy. The many who will reject it and consider it, then reject it are the same type of people, in our opinion, as those in Jeremiah's time.

Because from the time Jeremiah was first commissioned to preach this message, until Judah was taken captive by Babylon, there was a space of forty year. In the intervening years Jeremiah had to endure much ridicule and personal suffering. The people thought he was a fool, the rulers thought he was disloyal to the nation because of his message, [175] and many religious leaders thought he was mad. [176]

The religious leaders of the day preferred to preach a message of peace. [177] All this led Jeremiah to exclaim: "Everyone makes fun of me; they laugh at me all day long. Whenever I speak, I have to cry out and shout, 'Violence! and Destruction!' Lord, I am  ridiculed and scorned all the time because I proclaim your message...I hear everybody whispering, 'Terror is everywhere! Let's report him to the  authorities!' Even my close friends wait for my downfall. 'Perhaps he can be tricked,' they say; 'then we can catch him and get revenge.' But you, Lord, are on my side, strong and mighty, and those who persecute me will fail." [178]

Again, let us mentally transport ourselves back in time and listen to two men talking about the issues of the day, after listening to Jeremiah give his message. What would they say? "O yes, that's Jeremiah of Anathoth going on about an invasion by Babylon," one would say. "I know, he has been saying this for years," the other would respond.

Then they would say exactly the same thing men will say today about Russia and China invading America: "Babylon's not going to invade, they want money out of us, and they're having problems with the Egyptians. They won't bother with us."

The second man agrees, "Yep, you're right. I was at the Temple yesterday. None of the priests [ministers, pastors, evangelists and etc. of Organized Religion] agree with this guy and they should know. God's not out to get us. He wants peace for us. This Jeremiah keeps talking about our sins but there's nothing that hasn't been going on for years. What a fool! After all, the news media is reporting that talks are going on, it'll get worked out. Our leaders know more than we about what is happening. They will take care of us."

The citizens have dismissed the thought that they, both as individuals and as a nation, were out of favor with God. Instead of viewing the years when nothing seemed to happen as God granting them time to get their house in order, they considered it to be an indication that nothing was wrong. Eventually the time came when the Lord would wait no longer.

The people of Jeremiah's day failed to realize that it simply took time for Babylon to become a power capable of executing the Lord's judgment on His disobedient people. Likewise, it has required time for Soviet Russia to grow in strength necessary for it to fulfill its role in the age‑ending conflict. It has been said that we have "kept the peace" with Russia for over forty years. They are not interested in attacking us, they want us to trade with them. "Who is blind, but my servant? or deaf, as my messenger that I sent?  Who is blind as he that is perfect, and blind as the Lord's servant?" [179]

Pray that Jesus our King will give you the courage and wisdom to do your part in separating the wheat from the tares!

                                                                                                   Chapter Four

                                                         The Bible Says: Russia Will Invade America! In Two Parts

                                                                                              (And be Defeated)

                                                                                                             

Part Two

                                                                                                             

The Invasion and Shooting War Begins

In February, 1857, a Rev. F.E. Pitts spoke twice to joint sessions of Congress, telling them that, according to the 38th and 39th Chapters of Ezekiel and other Bible prophecies, a great war would be fought between the U.S.A. and a Russian‑led confederacy of nations sometime in the future.

Both sermons were printed in the National Intelligencer, February 24, 1857. Following is reprinted a few minutes of his second sermon, titled "The Battle of Armageddon." "...Then, we behold in this vision of St. John a political government embracing a confederation of many State sovereignties, acknowledging and confiding in one true and divinely sanctioned religion.

That the United States of America answers to this picture, our very national 'E PLURIBUS UNUM' declares.

Here again we behold the forces of monarchy mustered to give battle to a free confederated Republic that sanctions the only true religion. 'For the beast, and the kings of the earth, and their armies, gathered together to make war against him that sat upon the horse, and against his army.'

The taking of the beast, and the false prophet, and the kings of the earth, and their armies, and the slaying of the remnant by the sword of him that sat upon the horse, foretell the overthrow and utter destruction of the allied armies of monarchy, by an enlightened confederated Republic in one great decisive battle.

The symbols are so numerous, the imagery so perfectly descriptive of each respective scene, and the correspondence of each member so wonderfully adapted to complete the symmetry of the whole, we are bound to behold their fulfillment in the rise and growing grandeur of a great consolidated Republic on the one hand, and the reconstruction of the autocracy of antiquity in some vast empire on the other.

These two colossal powers will meet in a last decisive struggle...These two great powers are the United States of America and the monarchy of Russia, both extending the magnitude of their greatness; so that, in the present state of affairs, a perfect coincidence of facts answers a perfect description of prophecy. We look to the future for the finale of these startling wonders, to be fulfilled in a conflict that will enlist all nations, stir the world with commotion, and drench the earth with blood..."

Russian-American War Seen by Men Over 100 Years Ago!

Back on March 6, 1856, over 110 years ago, Commodore M.C. Perry, USN, read before the American Geographical and Statistical Society the following prophecy about America. From the contents it is evident that he knew something of the destiny of America and also the future lineup of Russia and China as our enemy.

"It requires no sage to predict events so strongly foreshadowed to us all; still 'Westward will the course of empire take its way.' But the last act of the drama is yet to be unfolded; and notwithstanding the reasoning of political empires, Westward, Northward and Southward, to me it seems that the people of America will, in some form or other, extend their dominion and their power, until the islands of the great Pacific, and placed the Saxon race upon the eastern shores of Asia. And I think, too, that Eastward and Southward will her great rival in future aggrandizement (Russia) stretch forth her power to the coast of China and Siam; and thus the Saxon and the Cossack will meet once more, in strife and in friendship, on another field.

Will it be in friendship? I fear not: the antagonistic exponents of freedom and absolutism must thus meet at last, and then will be fought that mighty battle on which the world will look with breathless interest; for on its issue will depend the freedom or slavery of the world ‑ despotism or rational liberty must be the fate of civilized man. I think I see in the distance the giants that are growing up for that fierce and final encounter; in the progress of events that battle must sooner or later inevitably be fought."

Commodore Perry could see this lineup of nations over 110 years ago. And facts are proving his foresight to be accurate. How strange that ministers with an open Bible before them cannot see the inevitable. [180] The foregoing article was reprinted from an Israel Identity magazine of 1966. Although it was rather commonly believed among religious and military men of the last century that America had a divinely ordained destiny, few ministers or soldiers seem to have the vision today. Is it because they have turned their backs on Prophecy as taught in the Word of God? We believe that it is. Without study of the Word by men of responsibility in the nation, we lose our way, we stumble in darkness and go on to punishment that could be avoided by the simple expedient of reading and obeying our Lord and His Word of instruction and Salvation to our Race.

Russia and China Will Invade America

The United States of America, once considered the most stable and secure of the world's great powers, is rapidly showing signs of being overcome with grave problems of national and international importance.

Internal confusion and strife, evident subversion, debt and money inflation, unemployment, high taxes, food problems, housing, pollution of the physical environment, destruction of morality, alien invasion, alien and racial hatreds, foreign wars, and hundreds of the problems that have destroyed lesser nations all seem to grow worse as the months and years speed on.

Yet, with all these dread threats, there is one greater threat that broods over America, making all lesser problems pale into insignificance by comparison. That threat is the probability of the massive attack and invasion by Russia and its Communist-ruled allies. Will it come? If so, when? Can we stop it? Can we "negotiate" it away? Will so‑called "Communists" change their minds about destroying the USA? If the attack comes, can we fight back? Will we win, though losing millions of our people? Will God intervene, as some hope?

If such an attack should come, it would have the most world‑shaking consequences. Yet serious discussion of the possibility is often avoided because the mind rebels against contemplation of the awful devastations that would befall America, and the world, in such a terrible conflict. We can hardly think of the world after such a war. Our leaders, and news media, often point out the growing ability of Russia to make such an attack while at the same time adding comforting thoughts of "negotiations," "peace proposals," "the so‑called destruction of Communism in Russia and the other Eastern bloc nations", and other such things that put the put the people back into unawareness of the danger. In addition, more and more men in high positions in government, industry, and press, openly advocate unilateral disarmament of America. And so the threat remains ‑ with no real solution.

With so many Americans, both leaders and citizens, "hiding their heads in the sand," so to speak, we find very little rational discussion of the subject, and we find practically none from a Biblical position. Our people seem to refuse to consider that God just might have something to say about this struggle between Russia, China and America. But God does, and He had His Prophets write about it in detail over 2,000 years ago! If you believe in God, then search the Scriptures with us to see if these things be so. If you do not believe in God, or perhaps suspect the Bible is not all true, then read on anyway, for you may read things you have never read before, and you may learn of mysteries hidden from the foundation of the world and now revealed in the last days.

Ezekiel Prophesied Russian

and Chinese Communism

Many Bible students call the 38th and 39th chapters of the Prophet Ezekiel "the Russian chapters." Chapter 38 begins thus:

1. And the word of the Lord came unto me, saying,

2. Son of man, set thy face against Gog, the land of Magog, the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal, and  prophesy against him.

The land of Magog is the land of the Mongols. Mongolians, of course, are the Race from Asia who occupy most of Russia and all of China. Meshech is the most ancient name of Moscow, probably originating in the people of Meshech driven north by the destruction of Tyre.

13. Javan, Tubal, and Meshech, they were thy merchants: they traded the persons of men and vessels of brass in thy market. [181]

Gog is the chief ruler in Moscow in the land of the Mongolians; and Moscow rules China, in spite of the attempt by secret Communists in America to make Americans believe there is a "Moscow‑Peking split" or disagreement. Magog has further significance, for in Revelation 20, as used in the original Greek, it means "an antichristian party." It is hardly arguable that is exactly what Mongolian or Asiatic Communists are.

God continues speaking to Ezekiel,

3. And say, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold, I am against thee, O Gog, the chief prince of Meshech and  Tubal:

4. And I will turn thee back, and put hooks into thy jaws, and I will bring thee forth, and all thine army,  horses and horsemen, all of them clothed with all sorts of armor, even a great company with bucklers and shields, all of them handling swords:

5. Persia, Ethiopia, and Libya with them; all of them with shield and helmet:

6. Gomer, and all his bands; the house of Togarmah of the north quarters, and all his bands: and many people with thee.

Three things are stated in these verses:

1. God is against Gog, ruler of the confederation,

2. God can control Gog's movements, and

3. Gog has a great army, which includes Asiatics and Black Africans. (Ethiopia was one of two, and usually meant Africa in Ezekiel's time). Communism is a “Prison."

7. Be thou [Gog] prepared, and prepare for thyself, thou, and all thy company that are assembled unto thee, and be thou a guard unto them.

The Hebrew word translated guard [182] here has a meaning of "prison." So it means "be thou a prison unto them." The entire verse is a description of the Russian‑Mongolian‑African Red Communist empire preparing themselves for war, meanwhile watching, or guarding, their conquered people of Asia, Europe, and Africa so that they cannot revolt against the empire.

The Intended Victim

Thus far in Ezekiel 38 most Christian ministers agree that these verses describe the World Communist Conspiracy under the leadership of Moscow in Russia. But, beginning with the next verses, most ministers teach that the land that will be invaded by Russia is the Jewish‑occupied land of old Canaan‑land, called Palestine or Israel today. But let us read the description from God's Word and see what land is most probably described.

8. After many days thou shalt be visited: in the latter years thou shalt come into the land that is brought back from the sword, and is gathered out of many people, against the mountains [nations] of Israel [where are the nation(s) of the Jews?]...

Brought back from the sword could fit many different nations. "Gathered out of many people" could be Palestine, but would it not also fit either Europe or America?

The less than 4‑million Jews in Palestine are gathered out of one people, the Jews. Europe is settled by many different peoples; and North America was colonized by about twelve different nationalities of Europe. The Jewish emblems of the nation in Palestine offer us no evidence; but on the Great Seal of the United States, an eagle holds a banner that reads, E PLURIBUS UNUM, a Latin phrase meaning "out of many one." The eagle is the symbol of the God of Israel, as shown in. [183]

 

 

 

Russian Military Might Aimed At America

Most ministers today teach Ezekiel 38 is a prophecy that Russia will invade Jewish‑ occupied Palestine. But Russia's military forces are aimed at North America! If you do not know that, please read very carefully the following newspaper articles.

Editor’s Report: "If any further proof of Russia's menace to us is required at this late stage, your attention is called to a recent 463‑page book written by Adm. Serget Georgievie Gorshkov, creator of the vastly expanding Russian Navy, and its chief for 21 years. Entitled, 'Sea Power of the State,' this top‑level, official document is nothing less than a literal blueprint for the destruction of what the author calls 'American Imperialism.' It's a real hair‑raiser, and it minces no words making the following key claims:

1). Today's Soviet Navy can saturate U.S. military‑industrial complexes such as San Diego with nuclear  weapons from platforms on and beneath the sea.

2). It has the capacity of blockading U.S. ports and isolating outlying islands and territories in case of war.

3). The Russian fleet can flag down and cripple the flow of oil and other strategic materials to the U.S. and Western Europe. (The U.S. remember, depends on imports for 87 of its 93 strategic materials)

4). In preparation for possible war, the U.S.S.R. admittedly is placing task forces on strategic locations  throughout the world's oceans and building elaborate overseas bases in 'friendly countries' to support them.

5). The Soviet Navy is being expanded as rapidly as possible as a major instrument in the Kremlin plan to Communize other nations. It is planned to have a 'critical role' in eliminating what the writer calls imperialist attempts to control the world's oceans and their natural resources.

Gorshkov concludes: 'Our sea‑power will determine the success of future political measures and the accomplishment of strategic missions. Its development is the outstanding event which has shattered the illusions of the imperialist aggressors that they had no strong  opponent in the sphere of naval warfare.'

One of the most frightening aspects of Gorshkov's writing is the reaction of Pentagon officials. Although they have been deploring the decline of U.S. sea‑power relative to the greatly growing naval power of the Soviets, almost invariably they refuse to discuss his sinister book, even off the record on a background basis." [184]

Massive Soviet Base Built During Years of Detente

World's Heaviest Concentration of Forces at Murmansk Poses Threat to Both Sides of Atlantic By Don Cook Times Staff Writer: "OSLO: In a bleak rectangle of Arctic wasteland between northern Norway and the Soviet port of Murmansk, the Russians have crammed the greatest concentration of naval, ground and air power to be found anywhere in the world. There, in a tiny corner of the vast Soviet domain, an area approximately 175 miles long and 100 miles deep, can be seen the strategic realities of the massive Soviet military buildup during the so‑called years of detente.

In Central Europe, the Russians have more soldiers, tanks and airplanes spread out across a wide front. But nowhere is there the heavy concentration of combined forces that has been built up on the Kila Peninsula, now shrouded in dark Arctic winter.

The buildup is scarcely defensive, and it certainly is not aimed at Norway alone. Murmansk is the command post for Soviet military power far beyond operational confines of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization ‑ as the pattern of Soviet naval and air exercises out of the far north in recent years had demonstrated.

From the Kola Peninsula, Soviet Patrol planes and transports range far out across the Atlantic on regular flights to Ghana on the west coast of Africa, and to Cuba. In sea power, the Murmansk base area now poses a direct strategic threat to the North American continent.

With the successful final testing of the SSN‑8 submarine‑launched ballistic missile, which has a 4,800‑mile range, Soviet submarines operating off Murmansk in the remote and safe waters of the Barents Sea can now reach any target in the United States east of the Mississippi River. At least 15 of these nuclear‑powered Delta‑ class ballistic missile submarines are on station with the northern fleet at Murmansk, out of 185 subs based there.

This is more than three times the number of subs which Nazi Germany put into the North Atlantic to cut the supply lines to Great Britain at the height of World War II. Total Soviet naval strength in the north is more than 500 vessels of all classes, down to landing craft, repair ships and research or intelligence‑gathering ships.

The latest addition to naval strength in the northern fleet is the Soviet Union's first aircraft carrier, the Kiev, a 40,000‑ton vessel which flies helicopters and short‑takeoff planes. NATO navies and intelligence experts have fallowed the Kiev's every twist and turn since it sailed out of the Black Sea and headed north last August. It is now working under arctic winter conditions, and its chief role appears to be that of close support for amphibious operations rather than long‑range strikes.

As for air power, there are 40 airfields on the desolate, icy, windswept Soviet wasteland. Sixteen are operational in all weather with runways of 7,000 feet. The others are clustered around these main bases as alternate fields that can take sudden reinforcements. More than 700 aircraft of all types are stationed in the Kola Peninsula. Just before the arctic darkness settled in, advanced MIG‑23 fighter‑bombers began arriving to replace the old MIG‑17s and MIG‑21s.

NATO commanders anticipate that MIG‑25 Foxbats will reach the north in the next year or 18 months. They also expect that Kola will eventually turn out to be a main base area for the long‑range Soviet Backfire bombers, currently a major issue in the strategic arms limitation talks. With refueling, the Backfire can fly at high altitudes against targets in continental North America. Air tankers are already stationed in Kola for in‑flight refueling operations. There is not much need for ground forces in the frozen north. Who, in the wildest military scenario, is likely to attack the Soviet Union up there? Certainly not Norway, Finland or Sweden. But the Russians keep two full mechanized infantry divisions in Kola ‑ one headquartered at Pechenga near the coast and the other to the south at Kandalakash near the point where the Norwegian, Finnish and Soviet borders meet.

They have special bridging equipment, amphibious tanks and special winter gear on the Norwegian frontier. In addition, there is an amphibious infantry brigade based at Pechenga for naval assault operations with the northern fleet.

The only military force facing the Russians on this border is a 400‑man frontier patrol company of the Norwegian army. The nearest Norwegian air base is 200 miles back from the border. Norway's main defensive force ‑ a strong and well‑equipped, well‑trained brigade group of 5,000 men ‑ is concentrated in the strategic Tromso area, about 400 miles from the Soviet frontier.

The strategic problems that this enormous imbalance in naval, air and land power pose, not only for NATO but on a global scale, are obvious from the maps." [185]

We did not present the entire Los Angeles Times article because the point is obvious ‑ this "greatest concentration of naval, ground and air power to be found anywhere in the world" is aimed at the Christian Nations, not the Jewish state in Palestine! Russia has hundreds of submarines and the largest navy in the world.

Russia's missiles and bombers are designed to travel thousands of miles to their targets. Her concentration of this massive air and missile power far north of Moscow is proof she plans war against a great and far country, not a little country to her south smaller than our state of New Jersey.

At the same time we hear of orbiting missiles, poison gas, and nuclear‑tipped missiles in Cuba: "all” aimed at the United States. Not Palestine. Thousands of Communists foment revolution and guerrilla war in America, and all pro‑Communists continually speak against the U.S. How many Communist bombings, riots and murders have you herd of being committed in Palestine?

A Land That Has Always

Been Waste

Let's read on. "...the mountains of Israel, which have always been waste." Palestine has NOT always been waste! In fact, it has been quite heavily populated with some of the most advanced civilizations throughout recorded history. It has been waste only in very brief periods during the devastation of war, and then only part of the land.

On the other hand, until the White, Caucasian Race came to this North American continent, this vast land was literally waste, i.e., empty wasteland.

There were only a few hundred thousand stone‑age natives in its 9,000,000 (million) square miles of land. There were no roads, no harbors, no cities, no manufacturing, no civil government, no trade to speak of, and only a very primitive type of agriculture in some of the southern tribes. There was no common language, in fact no written language at all, except crude pictures. As far as we know, it had been like that for millenniums.

It is not stretching the Scriptures to say that North America more nearly fits the land that had always been waste, as it is described in Ezekiel 38. Instead, it is those who try to make this phrase fit Old Palestine who do violence to the plain Word of God.

Its Present Condition

But it is brought forth out of the nations, and they shall dwell safely ‑‑ some Bibles say this could read "dwell confidently" ‑‑ all of them.

Have you seen pictures of Palestine since the occupation by the so‑called Jews? ‑‑ barbed wire, lookout towers, mine fields, machine gun posts, tanks, artillery, armed troops guarding field workers, constant patrols on its borders, shooting clashes every few months, and big battles every few years!

This is not so with the North American continent. Until now, when some few of our citizens do see the danger of a Russian invasion, we have not had the possibility of invasion for more than two centuries. Our people have dwelt safely, or confidently, since the War of 1812.

                                                                                       Land of Unwalled Villages

11. And thou shalt say, I will go up to the land of unwalled villages; I will go to them that are at rest, that  dwell safely, all of them dwelling without walls, and having neither bars nor gates.

Most ministers teach that these verses describe Jewish‑occupied Palestine. Nothing could be further from the truth! Most of the cities in Palestine, including Jerusalem itself, still have many ancient walls, and now the Jews have added concrete walls, pillboxes, sandbagged defenses, and barbed wire. Palestine is not a land of unwalled villages, nor has it ever been!

A look at the United States reveals a very different picture. Here we find the only land on the face of this earth that is truly a land of unwalled villages. Our Christian ancestors left castles, walls, and moats in the "old world" when they came to the "New World," and our cities are without walls. God, who knows the end from the beginning, can be expected to be very accurate in His Word.

The last part of verse 11 says the people will dwell safely. This may seem to indicate that although they might be in danger, most would not be aware of it, nor fearful of the danger.

In Palestine all the Jews are cognizant of the danger of Arab invasion. In America, the government and the news media have kept the danger of communist invasion almost completely hidden from the people; therefore, most Americans dwell confidently, not knowing that we are without bars nor gates.

The words "neither bars nor gates" are translated from Hebrew and have both governmental and military connotations. We seem to have removed all bars to alien entry. Because millions of aliens have come into America and Canada in recent years, many of them in total violation of even our weak immigration controls.

Hundreds of thousands of these have come from Communist‑controlled countries, and Congressional investigations have indicated that unknown numbers of them could be secret Communists or blackmailed agents for the Communists. At the same time our military bars are also being weakened or dismantled, leaving us more and more open to military attack or invasion.

The word gates comes from the Hebrew "rod," also meaning "door" in relation to "protection," and also refers to what has happened to our defenses against alien or enemy entry into our land.

Plunder Is The Motive For Invasion

In the next verse we read the motive for this invasion of the land of unwalled villages. God says it is to take a spoil and to take a prey. One of the terrible marks of Communism is its brutal plunder. Conquered peoples are always stripped of their wealth to be shipped back to Russia.

In Manchuria entire factories were dismantled and moved to Russia. East Germany, Poland, Czechoslovakia, Latvia, Lithuania, Estonia, Bulgaria, Rumania, Hungary, Albania ‑ all were similarly stripped, even to their herds of cattle and sheep.

From German and other Eastern European countries unknown hundreds of thousands of men have been shipped to Russian slave labor camps since World War II.

In Cuba, even toilets, washbowls, and plumbing were taken from homes and hotels in Havana, along with most of the rest of the movable wealth of the island. After the spoil is taken, the captive peoples are put into forced‑labor, or slave‑labor, brigades and made to rebuild the factories, farms, and cities. Much of their new production is again taken forcibly from them. Plunder is Communism's way of life.

Those who are known to be religious, especially Christians, are either killed or sent to slave labor camps to be worked until they die. This practice of Asiatic conquerors is not something new ‑ it dates back over 5,000 years of recorded history!

The Caucasian mind finds such actions hard to grasp. For this reason we find so many of our Race just not understanding the evils of Communism. It is hard to grasp the truth that the Asiatic mind, exemplified in Genghis Khan or Attila the Hun, cannot think in terms of a civilized, productive, and free society.

They think and live by the code, morals, and instincts of their Asiatic ancestors. And that "code" is PLUNDER, the only accurate word to describe the Asiatic‑Communist mind. And Communism is an Asian philosophy, while Christianity is God‑given to the Caucasian Race. The rest of verse 12 is a literal description of the North American continent today:

12. To take a spoil, and to take a prey; to turn thine hand upon the desolate places that are now inhabited, and upon the people that are gathered out of the nations, which have gotten cattle and goods, that dwell in the midst of the land.

Cattle and goods signify great material wealth. The vast wealth of North America, estimated at 50% to 60% of the entire world, hardly needs recounting here to testify to the accuracy of God's Word, or our reason to believe it fits America. There are more cattle every single day, in the slaughter pens of America, than in the entire state of Israel. On the other hand, it could hardly fit Palestine, for the Jews themselves admit if it were not for American aid and Israeli bond sales in America, the Jewish nation would cease to exist. And what is there in Palestine to take as a spoil?

In recent years close to one‑half of U.S. foreign aid has gone to Israel. Over one‑half of all government and defense expenses of the Jewish nation are paid for by the United States. Some say there is vast mineral wealth trapped in the waters of the Dead Sea; but, even if true, the cost of evaporation is prohibitive and little is being done to remove it. In America, these same minerals are already being removed not only from our own Great Salt Lake in Utah but also from the oceans. The one mineral most often mentioned as of great value in the Dead Sea is potash, but it can be recovered only by an expensive evaporation process.

This is not true in North America, for in Saskatchewan in Canada lie about 40% of the world's known potash reserves in huge, shallow deposits so pure it is loaded directly onto trains and trucks for transport to the farms of Canada and the United States for fertilizer without need of further processing!

This is only one example of seen and unseen wealth in America which far surpasses anything possible in Palestine.

Huge Invasion Army Prophesied

This Gog and Magog invasion of America is to be by multitudes of people. In verse 9 God speaks to the chief prince of the Mongols,

9. Thou shalt ascend and come like a storm, thou shalt be like a cloud to cover the land, thou, and all thy  bands, and many people with thee.

15. And thou shalt come from thy place out of the north parts, thou, and many people with thee, all of them riding upon horses, a great company, and a mighty army.

The word "cloud" [186] meaning "to cloud over, to act covertly, sorcerer and may have more significance than originally thought by some". It is from a Hebrew word used in relation to "mind clouding incense," which today we would call "drugs." It is a certainty that much of the dope in America comes from Asiatic sources. It is also becoming obvious that it does cover the land.

To the military readers, who think only in terms of missile attack, it might interest them to know that Russia has several hundred thousand horse cavalry troops in readiness today ‑ the only large cavalry force in the world ‑ and they are adding more.

And before you laugh at anyone who would suggest horse troops in America, remember that our enemies know that the Americans who built the greatest oil‑and gasoline‑producing facilities in the world can also destroy them in a few hours. Horses can live off the land. (Asiatics may be cruel, but they are not stupid). Also, if gasoline ‑ and electricity‑producing facilities were destroyed, horses could give the invading army the necessary mobility to keep down insurrection by the people.

Russia, even with recent cut‑backs, still has over 15‑million foot soldiers, which does NOT include china, Africa or other satellite nations still under their control. These millions of soldiers would have no use in the invasion of tiny Palestine. They make sense only if the target is a vast continent, such as the North American continent.

                                                                                Has The Invasion Already Begun?

In America, left‑wing agents foment riots and propagandize tens of thousands, yea hundreds of thousands, of Negroes, Indians and other so‑called "minority groups" to hate America and prepare assaults, bombings and guerrilla attacks against us.

Propaganda against traditional America is obvious in the press, movies, television, books, magazines, and our educational system. Congressional committees years ago revealed Communist infiltration into these areas as well as into government.

Infiltration by Communists into government would seem to be proven by the fact that the government itself now, not only protects the agitators and militants, but also has stopped any further Congressional investigation of Communism in America. The U.S. Supreme Court has long since tailored its decisions to fit the aims and purposes of World Communism.

In recent years, foreign aid has been cut off from anti‑Communist countries and increased to Communist ones. Along with this positive help toward Communism by our government, news media, etc., are the increasing attempts by these same agencies to stop, divert, and harass the so‑called right‑wing or anti‑ Communist individuals or groups in America. Some may argue the actual amount of this activity, but the trend has become obvious.

Taking all of the foregoing information into consideration, and the millions of illegal aliens already here and millions more on the way, one can correctly state, in a Scriptural sense, that the prophesied invasion of America by Asiatic Communism has already begun!

The United States Has Been Disarmed

While the internal civil apparatus of government, education, and society is being destroyed by alien‑led subversives, the U.S. military forces are being involved in foreign wars or in the give‑ away of their military equipment. This type of disarmament reduces both the physical ability to fight and the mental will to win. Planes and material used up in war are NOT replaced, new military weapons are canceled just before becoming operative, and the capability of our defense forces is being systematically ruined.

Another very effective method of destroying military effectiveness is the introduction of drugs, women, and aliens into the defense forces. These three things alone destroy the ability of the American armies to fight, even if they had the equipment to do so.

Study Shows Half of GI’S Use Drugs

"Oklahoma City (AP) ‑‑ Nearly half the enlisted men in the United States armed forces regularly use drugs, a Department of Defense study shows.

According to the Department of Defense study described in the November issue of Private Practice, an Oklahoma City‑based medical journal, the conclusions were based on a 1974 as‑yet‑unpublished study of 700 Army solders. The magazine, the official publication of the Congress of County Medical Societies, said among the findings were:

1). Forty‑seven percent of the men admitted using drugs regularly, nearly twice the rate (27%) found in a similar study conducted in 1969.

2). Forty per cent of the men said they had used marijuana; the rest either used a number of drugs or were  exclusive users of another drug.

3). Heroin use was admitted by about 5% of the soldiers, but researchers said this may be low because of a dramatic increase in the availability of Mexican heroin.

The magazine said researchers also concluded that the Army's traditional method for detecting drug use among recruits ‑ urine tests ‑ exposed only the most severe addicts and that the Army grapevine permitted drug users to know when such tests were scheduled.

Of the soldiers who showed no drug traces in urine tests, the study found, 58.7 per cent admitted to past use of marijuana, 13.1 per cent heroin, 24.7 per cent amphetamines, 20.2 per cent hallucinogens, 11.3 per cent cocaine and 10.6 per cent barbiturates. The high incidence of drug use in the armed forces is in part due to the intensely close-knit nature of barracks life, the magazine said.

Pressure to conform and act as a unit, the aim of military training, backfires when it comes to problems of drugs and alcohol, it added. If drug use is prevalent in a barrack, a new recruit is under strong pressure to comply, scientists said.

The Defense Department research team had planned further studies to determine the effects of drug use on soldiers' performance, but funds for additional tests were halted, Private Practice said. It said Congress and the Pentagon terminated research because Army scientists would be duplicating work being done by the Department of Health, Education and Welfare.

'The suspicion...is,' the magazine said, 'that Army drug research was curtailed not because it overlapped with HEW, but rather because it had come up with things that the Department of Defense did not want to know." [187]

One artillery expert stationed in Europe reported that because drug use was so high among U.S. soldiers, he estimated 25 per cent of them would steal vehicles and flee west at the first sound of Russian guns! Add this to the fact that our bombers and missiles have been used up or dismantled and it soon will be, if it is not already true, that we will have neither bars nor gates to protect us.

The Growing Soviet/US Military Gap

"Widely advertised Soviet cut‑backs are not what they are advertised to be, but are actually a part of a major restructuring and modernization of the Soviet forces. U.S. intelligence sources expect the Soviet military to emerge in the early 1990s more powerful than it is today...Strong and growing evidence indicates that the Soviet offensive strategy hasn't changed. It is still aimed at world domination, and there is nothing defensive about that." [188] ; "We are not just a little bit behind the Russians, we are devastatingly behind them...I think the time has come when we have to quit fooling around and trying to lie to the American people." [189]

In spite of the euphoria over the "collapse of Communism," "Communism is dead," "the Cold War is over," etc., and all of Gorbachev's "promises" to disarm, Soviet military strength continues to ominously grow, and the Soviet Military lead over the U.S. continues to widen substantially. According to the current U.S. Defense Report, Janes, and other international strategic think tanks, Moscow is producing ever‑growing numbers of ICBMs, Submarines, Tanks, Aircraft carriers, Surface to Air Missiles, and other major military components. While the Soviets claim to be disarming, under Gorbachev's glasnost/perestroika, they have undergone their most massive arms buildup in the Soviets' years of power.

In 1985, the Soviets had a 5 to 1 conventional lead in arms and manpower over the U.S. and at least a 5 to 1 strategic nuclear lead. But while Reagan and now Bush lie to the American people and tell them that the gap is closing, their own Defense Department compiled the following numbers on the Soviets' new weapons production vs. America's from 1985 ‑ 1988:

Even now the present President William Jefferson Blythe Clinton is selling our most sanative secrets to China one of our most deadly enemies.

Weapons Systems Production For U.S. and U.S.S.R.

                                                                                                    (1985 ‑1988)

                                                                                USSR        US        RATIO

Intercon..(ICBMs)..                                              450              58            8.0 to 1

Sub‑launched Ballistic Mis.(SLBMs)..               375          107          3.5 to 1

Sea‑launched Cruise Missiles (SLCMs)..         4,400      2,250         1.9 to 1

Short Range Ballistic Missiles (SRBMs)..        2,150          0          2,150 to 1

Surface‑to‑air Missiles (SAMs)..                       63,000     9,800         6.4 to 1

Tanks..                                                                   13,300     3,475         3.8 to 1

Other Armored Fighting Vehicles..   18,100     4,175         4.3 to 1

Towed Field Artillery..                                       4,400       1,075         4.1 to 1

Self‑propelled Artillery..                                     4,100         475          8.6 to 1

Multiple Rocket Launchers..                             1,900         225          8.4 to 1

Self‑propelled AA Artillery..                              500             26         19.2 to 1

Submarines..                                         34               15           2.3 to 1

Surface Warships..                                              34               21           1.6 to 1

Bombers..                                                              190            103          1.8 to 1

Fighters/Fighter Bombers..                2,750       1,850         1.4 to 1

Anti‑sub Aircraft..                                               20               26            .8 to 1

Helicopters..                                                         1,850       1,500         1.2 to 1 [190]

During the entire eight year Reagan "military buildup," the Soviets in actuality, out produced the United States in key weapons by the following ratios: Intercontinental Missiles ‑ 4 ½ to 1; Air Defense Missiles ‑ 6 ½ to 1; Bombers ‑ 4 to 1; Tanks ‑ 3 ½ to 1; Artillery ‑ 8 ½ to 1. The Soviets are producing a nuclear submarine every 7 weeks. Even though they received great acclaim for mothballing four overaged submarines in the Baltic, they still have 450 submarines to our 140.

They are producing 16,000 SAM Missiles per year and have massive superiority in tanks, anti‑tank weapons, manpower, chemical weapons, artillery, combat aircraft, helicopters, as well as in tactical nuclear and ballistic systems. They are not disarming: they are modernizing!

In spite of the Western perception that Russia is an economic/industrial basket case, her weapons production lines are turning out high quality weapons as high a quality as United States weapons, but in vastly larger numbers. In the 1970s the Soviets acquired a fleet of missiles designed to destroy American Missiles on the ground, leading the respected defense analyst, Angelo Codevilla, to conclude in 1979 that: "Soviet armament gave it a good chance of destroying most of America's missiles and bombers in a first strike, and of defeating United States forces in Europe, all without inflicting casualties on the order of World War II."

Today, in the wake of America's pulling its missiles out of Western Europe, and a decade of massive new Soviet missile and anti‑missile production and deployment, Codevilla believes America is more vulnerable to a successful, decisive nuclear first strike than a decade ago. Codevilla, writing in Gary North's Remnant Review (12/1/89), said: "The United States' 'hard' strategic targets include 50 MX missile silos, 950 Minutemen silos, some 100 locations in two dozen ports where about twenty ballistic missile submarines and perhaps fifty cruise missile‑ firing attack submarines may be located on any given day, some 100 locations on about 25 airfields where the United States 98 B‑1 and 300 B‑52 Bombers are located, and about 800 radar, communications, command, control, and intelligence targets.

To hit these 2,000 targets, the Soviets have at least 3,080 counter‑force warheads aboard 308 SS‑18 ICBMs, 552 warheads aboard 138 SS‑17s, 1,950 aboard 350 SS‑19s, 100 aboard a like number of truck mobile SS‑25s, and about 1,000 on perhaps 100 rail mobile SS‑24s.

That amounts to over 6,500 or a 3.5 to 1 ration of war‑heads to targets, up from about 2.5 to 1 a decade ago. In addition to this, the Soviets have perhaps another 5,000 non‑counter force strategic warheads. On our side, the only warheads with a counter‑force potential equal to the Soviets' are the 500 atop our 50 MXs. The overall ratio of Soviet to United States warheads is 8 to 1. In practice, this means that a decapitating first strike is a serious option for whomever has power in the Kremlin, but none at all for the United States!

It also means that after such a strike, the United States would be left with very little strategic power for retaliation other than the perhaps 2,400 submarine‑launched ballistic missile (SLBM) warheads at sea at any one time...But those are small, inaccurate, and incapable of penetrating Russia's formidable missile defenses." 

                                                                                 Soviet Missile and Civil Defense

Russia has protected its key cities, government control centers, military, and industrial installations with massive anti‑missile and anti‑aircraft defenses to protect against any American missile [probably from U.S. submarines] or bomber retaliation. These air defenses include 10,000 surface‑to‑air missiles. The soviets spend $7‑billion per year on a massive civil defense system and have $200‑billion worth of shelters in the ground.

                                                                       America Has No Missile Defense System or

                                                                                       Civil Defense Whatsoever

Following are excerpts from a speech by the U.S. Secretary of the Navy, J. William Middendorf II, to the American Security Council, on September 24, 1976: "...There is nothing more important to this country than its defense and security ‑ the seriousness of which has been demanding more attention lately. True, this country is at peace today, but only in the most peripheral way. There is a Soviet naval threat immensely more powerful than anything this country has confronted in its 200 years of existence...During the past 10 years the Soviet Union has built about 2.5 times as many submarines as the U.S. Looking at nuclear‑powered subs we find that during the past 10 years they built about twice the number we have. In this total of 93, there are 17 Delta class submarines with the 4,200‑mile SS‑N‑8 missile capable of hitting every city in this country from its own home waters in the Barents Sea. Briefly looking at spending trends, during the 1965‑75 time frame the Soviets spent 70% more than the U.S. for procurement of naval ships and boats; in fact, they spent 90% more for ships' procurement last year alone than did the U.S. In assessing the naval balance between ourselves and the Soviets, we must compare total naval forces to include ballistic‑missile submarines, major surface combatants, combatants below 1,000 tons, support ships and attack submarines...Over the last six years the United States Navy has almost been cut in half to 474 ships (less than before Pearl Harbor) from nearly 1,000. During that period the Soviet Navy has produced ships such that their overall capabilities have grown by leaps and bounds...We are in an emergency situation right now, something must be done...the threat is real and the choice is ours. We must make the right decisions now while we have these few precious moments of freedom left ‑ or be willing to suffer the consequences..."

Soviets Using Toxic Gas in Missiles

Lt. Gen. Daniel Graham, former chief of the U.S. Defense Intelligence Agency was quoted in a UPI report as saying: "...as much as one‑half of all [Soviet] bombs and missiles carried poison gases...if we got into a big war with the Soviet Union, one would have to expect toxic gas to be used..."

Comfort Ye My People

If you, are an average American, much of what you have read so far is probably very new to you, and possibly very frightening. But stay with us, for we intend to write the vision, and make it plain upon tables [tablets or books] that he may run that readeth it.

It is our intention that you will have an understanding of these matters by the time you reach the last page of this presentation.

The important message of the ancient Israel Prophet Ezekiel is one of comfort and of promise ‑ a promise of total destruction of the invader, and deliverance for America. The Communists, atheists, agnostics, and traitorous Americans, who work for our disarmament and destruction, are working in vain! Here is the Word of the Lord,

18. And it shall come to pass at the same time when Gog shall come against the land of Israel, saith the Lord God, that my fury shall come up in my face.

19. For in my jealousy and in the fire of my wrath have I spoken, Surely in that day there shall be a great shaking in the land of Israel;

20. So that the fishes of the sea, and the fowls of the heaven, and the beasts of the field, and all creeping things that creep upon the earth, and all the men that are upon the face of the earth, shall shake at my presence [not at the presence of the Communists, but at the presence of God!], and the mountains [nations] shall be thrown down, and the steep places shall fall, and every wall shall fall to the ground.

21. And I will call for a sword against him throughout all my mountains [Christian Nations], saith the Lord  God: every man's sword shall be against his brother.

The minor revolts against the Communists in other countries will be as nothing compared to what will happen to the Communists and traitors in America when God Almighty moves against our Alien enemies!

For God will fight on the side of His Israel People, The White Anglo-Saxon, Germanic, Scandinavian, Celtic and kindred peoples in America and the Western Christian Nations of the world!

God continues,

22. And I will plead against him with pestilence and with blood [could AIDS  be part of this pestilence with blood?]; and I will rain upon him, and upon his bands, and upon the many people that are with him [those secret American Communists who think they are safely hidden], an overflowing rain, and great hailstones, fire, and brimstone.

Many other prophecies in the Scriptures show that God will use the forces of nature against these enemies of His people.

The overflowing rain and the hailstones may just be literal rain and large hail. We worry about the enemies' threats, armies, and bombs; yet they have more to worry about in the Being of the great God almighty. How puny their defiance of God will seem in the day of His wrath.

Palestine Too Small For This Battle

For those who still wonder if this battle might be fought in old Palestine, let us continue reading in the 39th Chapter of Ezekiel of the destruction of these alien armies.

4. Thou shalt fall upon the mountains [nations] of Israel, thou, and all thy bands, and the people that is with  thee: I will give thee unto the ravenous birds of every sort, and to the beasts of the field to be devoured.

11. I will give unto Gog a place there of graves in Israel, the valley of the passengers on the east of the sea: and it shall stop the noses of the passengers: and there shall they bury Gog and all his multitude: and they shall call it the valley of Hamongog.

 

If this army is as huge as it sounds, and its destruction so complete (verse 2 says 5/6ths of them will be destroyed), it would require a tremendously large area or several nations for this to take place. Because of the statement, "Thou shalt fall upon the mountains Israel" which indicates that Gog and his bands will be destroyed in several different nations.

Not just one. The reference to "east of the sea" probably means the valley known as the Mississippi‑Ohio‑ Missouri River valley, the valley that carried the "passengers" (immigrants) to the great central lands of America (Israel). The extent of the slaughter can be imagined by verse 12 where God says,

12. And seven months shall the house of Israel be burying of them, that they may cleanse the land.

There isn't a valley in Old Palestine large enough to hold an army 1/50th the size indicated here!

Why America? What is Our Iniquity?

God told Israel through His Prophet Amos,

3. You only have I known of all the families of the earth: therefore I will punish you for all your iniquities. [191]

It is obvious that the United States of America is coming under the judgment of God Almighty.

All the curses pronounced upon a disobedient Israel in Leviticus 26 and Deuteronomy 28 are appearing in America. Why aren't they coming upon the so‑called "Jews" who are usually identified by preachers as "God's Chosen People, the Children of Israel?"

The answer, of course, is simple ‑ they are not Israel, but we, the Anglo-Saxon, Germanic, Scandinavian, Celtic and kindred people are! We are God's Chosen People, the descendants of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. We have turned away from our God; He is chastising us; and we are just beginning to see it. God said through Hosea,

10. It is My desire that I should chastise them; and the people shall be gathered against them. [192]

Who can deny that we are in tribulation? Hundreds of thousands of our finest young men have been killed and maimed in war, thousands of our children are entrapped with drugs, millions of our unborn children have been murdered in the abortion murder mills of America in just the last few years. Our cities are turning into crime‑ridden jungles and being burned by guerrillas, and our politicians seem to be either knaves or fools.

4. I will give children to be their princes, and babes shall rule over them.

12. O my people, they which lead thee cause thee to err, and destroy the way of thy paths. [193]

We don't study our Bibles enough to know we are God's Israel People; we do not obey God's Laws; we dishonor His Son; we corrupt the Sabbath; and then we wonder why we have enemy agents in our government who disarm us while the enemy is arming to come against us! Moses told our forefathers that if we disobeyed God's Laws,

43. The stranger that is within thee shall get up above thee very high; and thou shalt come down very low.

44. He shall lend to thee, and thou shalt not lend to him: he shall be the head, and thou shalt be the tail. [194]

This situation has come to pass in America and is now becoming obvious so that many are seeing it for the first time. We have seen that God foretold the Red Russian and Chinese invasion of America in Ezekiel 38 and 39. At the end of those chapters God says of our captivity,

23. And the heathen [non‑Christian, non‑Israelite nations] shall know that  the house of Israel [the Anglo‑ Saxon and kindred people] went into captivity for their iniquity [sin]; because they trespassed against Me [transgressed God's Laws], therefore hid I My face from them [removed His protection], and gave them into the hands of their enemies: so fell they all by the sword [were captured by their enemies]. [195]

We shall all know that our fall under the Red Beast was because of our collective sins.

"Anti-Communism," A Deception

There are some who have built great organizations to "fight and expose Communism." They say our troubles are because the Communists are so evil and so devious and that the way to "save America" is to send them money so they can "wake up the people" and "drive out the Communists." This has been going on for years, and it is probable that 85 per cent of our Anglo‑Saxon citizens oppose left‑wing and pro‑Communist activities in America and in government; but the Communist forces continue to gain power here and around the world.

Why? The answer is simple. God is allowing the Red Communists to take control over us as a judgment upon us for our refusal to obey His laws, statutes, and judgments for the nation!

The "anti‑Communists" are wrong. The problem is not the sin or evil of our enemies. God has "never" required the antichrists to obey His Laws. His command has always been to us. What foolishness do we preach when we say America‑Israel is being conquered because of the sinfulness of her enemies! No, God is using our enemies to chasten us for OUR sins, for whom the Lord loveth He chasteneth. [196] But there is hope. More and more are awakening to the truth that it is America that must be corrected, and then God will take care of the Communists.

In My Jealousy

Let us go further to see why God is bringing to pass that of which we have spoken. In speaking against Gog and the Russian and Chinese confederacy God says,

19. For in my jealousy and in the fire of My wrath have I spoken. [197]

What a strong word to be used by the Almighty ‑ jealousy! What in the world are we that God should be jealous over us? Is it our power? No, for Isaiah says, He counts the nations as the dust on the balance. Of our vast wealth? This is hardly a possibility for He created the heaven and the earth. Is He perhaps jealous of our intelligence or our amazing rocketry and electronics? We cannot consider that of the One of whom Job says alone spreadeth out the heavens, and treadeth upon the heights of the sea. Which maketh Arcturus, Orion, and Pleiades, and the chambers of the south.

I Am Married Unto You

No, the answer is not in what we have, but in our unique relationship, as Israel, to God. Centuries ago, after our Israel ancestors were taken into the Assyrian captivity, God told the prophet Jeremiah,

12. Go, and proclaim these words toward the north, and say, Return, thou backsliding Israel, saith the Lord. [198]

After further exhortation, God says, for I am married unto you (verse 14). Yes, Israel is the wife of the great Jehovah! And husbands have a right to be jealous of their wives; and God says, in My jealousy...have I spoken.

In Isaiah 54:5, God speaks through another of the Israel prophets,

5. For thy Maker is thine husband; the Lord of hosts is his name; and thy Redeemer the Holy One of Israel;  The God of the whole earth shall he be called.

8. In a little wrath I hid my face from thee for a moment; but with everlasting kindness will I have mercy on thee, saith the Lord thy Redeemer.

The Husband of Israel has prepared to redeem His espoused wife, Israel. And those people are NOT the "Jews," but the true house of Israel, the descendants of the tribes of Israel.

God’s Face No Longer Hidden From Israel

We've seen that God was married to Israel and that He hid His face from Israel for a moment. However, that moment is now past. Yes, it is true that Israel can be, and is being, chastised for turning away from His Word. But the day of "turning" is upon us. Today is the day of salvation. Before we go further into the events to follow the great battle in Ezekiel 38 and 39, let's compare some other Israel prophecies with the history of our Anglo‑Saxon, Celtic, Germanic, Scandinavian, and kindred peoples. Then if you still don't understand that we are Israel can awaken to this Truth and be prepared to pray the 30‑word prayer God has given us to pray for our deliverance. We'll show you the 30‑word prayer just a little later.

Israel Sentenced to Captivity

Turn to Hosea, of whom Halley's Bible Handbook says, "Hosea was a prophet to the Northern Kingdom; he speaks of its king as 'our king." [199]

His message was to the Northern Kingdom, with occasional reference to Judah. The Northern Kingdom was much larger than the southern kingdom of Judah. When it "disappeared" from Bible history, the people became known as "the lost ten tribes of Israel." To many Bible students, those people are still "lost." To those who have studied both Prophecy and history, they are found under different names. Hosea gives the Prophetic clues.

Hosea begins, The beginning of the Word of the Lord by Hosea...Go, take unto thee a wife of whoredoms and children of whoredoms: for the land hath committed great whoredom, departing from the Lord. [200] Hosea and his harlot [Israelite] wife had three children by whom God indicated the future history of the Northern, or 10‑tribed, Israel Kingdom, called "the house of Israel."

You must know these prophecies in order to understand either the New Testament or the history of our Race in the last two thousand years. So he [Hosea] went and took Gomer the daughter of Diblaim; which conceived, and bare him a son. And the Lord said unto him, Call his name Jezreel; for yet a little while, and I will avenge the blood of Jezreel upon the house of Jehu, and will cause to cease the kingdom of the house of Israel.

The first part of this prophecy came to pass a short while after Jezreel was born when Zachariah, the last king in Jehu's lineage, was murdered in a palace conspiracy. The last part came true after Hosea and his wife had more children and God prophesied about Israel through their symbolic names.

And she conceived again, and bare a daughter. And God said unto him, Call her name Loruhamah: for I will no more have mercy upon the house of Israel; but I will utterly take them away. (verse 6)...Now when she had weaned Loruhamah, she conceived, and bare a son. Then said God, Call his name Loammi: for ye are not My people, and I will not be your God (verse 8‑9). Remember these phrases.

Abraham’s Covenant Not Taken Away

Taken alone, these verses seem to prophesy an irrevocable casting away of God's People, Israel. God has said to them through these children's names, I will cause to cease the kingdom of the house of Israel...I will no more have mercy upon the house of Israel...I will take them away...ye are not My People...I will not be your God.

Sounds pretty final, doesn't it? But our God does not stop there. Yet the number of the children of Israel shall be as the sand of the sea, which cannot be measured nor numbered; and it shall come to pass, that in the place where it was said unto them, Ye are not My People, there it shall be said unto them, Ye are the sons of the living God.

What was that? Well, it was God repeating the Abrahamic Covenant, the unbreakable Covenant God made with Abraham that God would multiply Abraham's seed so they could not be numbered [201] and that He would be a God unto them. [202]

The phrase sons of the living God could only be interpreted to mean "Christians." God pronounced all this on the house of Israel, even as He cast them off.

Israel To Become Christian

In Hosea we also read this glorious promise to Israel, And I will betroth thee unto Me forever; yea, I will betroth thee unto Me in Righteousness, and in judgment, and in loving kindness, and in mercies. I will even betroth thee unto Me in faithfulness: and thou shalt know the Lord. These verses literally describe the Christian faith. God was promising He would bring Christianity to Israel.

And I will have mercy upon her that had not obtained mercy; and I will say to them which were not My people, Thou art My people; and they shall say, thou art My God. [203]

The people who were to become Christians, to find mercy in God, and to be His people were to be the same people, not a different, non-Israelite people!

The Captivity Comes to Pass

A few years after Hosea's pronouncement on the house of Israel, the Assyrians came against the northern kingdom, overran it, and deported the people beyond the Euphrates and toward the Caucasian Mountains.

We read the Biblical history in 2 Kings 17, In the ninth year of Hoshea, the king of Assyria took Samaria [capital city of the Northern Kingdom] and carried Israel away into Assyria, and placed them in Halah and in Habor by the River Gozan, and in the cities of the Medes. (verse 6)

Verse 18 tells who was left, Therefore the Lord was very angry with Israel, and removed them out of His sight: there was none left but the tribe of Judah only! Most of the Judah Nation went into Assyrian captivity a century or more before the rest of Judah (Jerusalem and the cities surrounding it) did not go into the Babylonian captivity until over 100 years later! The House of Israel was now completely separated from the House of Judah and would remain so for centuries.

In all probability, more than ten million Israelites went into the Assyrian Captivity north of Palestine over 700 years before Christ.

In the historical and prophetic accounts in the Bible they are called Israel, House of Israel, House of Jacob, Ephraim, Joseph, etc., but they are never called Judeans, House of Judah, or "Jews," yet many ministers today insist the terms "Jew" and "Israel" mean the same people!

God said Israel was to multiply in numbers in the dispersion. Almost 3,000 years have passed. Certainly the present descendants of these more than 10‑million Israelites must number in the hundreds of millions by now, yet we are told the 15 or 20 million Jews constitute that "whole House of Israel." That is sheer Nonsense!

Captive Israel

Not To Return To Palestine

The Prophets reveal more. Hosea wrote God's Words, Plead with your mother, plead: for she is not My wife, neither am I her husband. [204]

In Jeremiah 3:8, God stated, when...backsliding Israel committed adultery I had put her away, and given her a bill of divorce. So she was divorced when she was taken into the Assyrian Captivity. That she was NOT to return to the old land is prophesied by Hosea, Therefore, behold, I will hedge up thy way with thorns, and make a wall, that she shall not find her paths.

In Bible prophecy, thorns are heathen peoples. The wars and oppression of the old heathen kingdoms of Persia, Assyria, and Babylon drove Israel north and west.

In the same chapter of Hosea, God reveals His intention to take Israel to other lands. Therefore, behold, I will allure her, and bring her into the wilderness, and speak comfortably unto her. (verses 6 and 14)

Historical and archaeological records show that from about 700 B.C., a Race of people who kept herds of cattle and sheep, were skilled in metal and wood, were excellent warriors and artisans, had captains and kings over their people, and had a rather high state of civilization, moved north and west from the area of the Caucasian Mountains to the plains of eastern and central Europe and the north coasts of the Mediterranean Sea.

Israel Into Assyria and Out

Our history books call them the "Caucasian Race." We who have searched the Bible and history know they are the Children of Israel, God's Chosen People. And in Europe, God began to speak comfortably unto her [unto Israel].

The descendants of these Israelites who migrated north and west into Europe are known by historians under many names. Some are Danes (tribe of Dan), Gymry or Cymry (people of Omri, an Israelite king), Scythians, Cimmerians (from Samaria, the capital of Northern Israel), Goths (God's People), Teutons, Celts, Normans, Swedes (Svea‑Dan), Norwegians (North People), Saka or Sakai (House of Isaac), Saxons (Isaacsons), Belgae, Angles (angels, or again, God's People), Welsh, Irish, British (Hebrew "Brith," meaning Covenant, and "ish," meaning man ‑ or Covenant Man), and on and on.

Many of the names listed above are on ancient maps and are derived from different languages and were given to Israel during her migrations over many long centuries. She lost her original name when she was divorced because that name [Israel] means "ruling with God."

Since Israel was no longer married to God, she could not rightly be called Israel anymore. We also have the testimony of Prophecy that Israel was to have a new name.[205]   It is these people. scattered Israel in Europe and then in America, Canada, Australia, South Africa and etc., who have gotten on their knees before the Redeemer of Israel, the Lord Jesus Christ, and have fulfilled Israel prophecy by saying, "Thou art my God."

They have fulfilled this and other prophecies about Israel to the dotting of the I's and the crossing of the t's, yet "Fundamental" and "Full Gospel" preachers continue crying "the Jews are Israel" and tell us that what is happening in that little old land of Palestine, now Jewish‑occupied, is the fulfillment of Bible Prophecy and that "Russia is going to invade Palestine." The Russians have already invaded Palestine, only they call themselves "Jews." And since these Russian Jews are not Israelites, then the invasion of Palestine is already accomplished. But the great invasion of the mountains [nations ‑ plural] of Israel by the Gog and Magog, Meshech, Tubal, Gomer, Togarmah and related peoples of Ezekiel 38 and 39 must be the hostile movement of a people from Russia and adjoining areas into the true Israel nations of Western Europe and North America.

Language

Many opponents of our identity as Israel say we cannot be Israelites because we do not speak Hebrew and because we write from left to right, whereas Hebrew is written from right to left. Many add a further claim that English has no similarity to Hebrew.

Pastor Curtis Clair Ewing, in a cassette tape lecture on this subject, destroys all their arguments with the facts of history. His lecture is titled The Hebraic Origin of the English Language, and the following are a few of his deductions:

First : If we can't be Israelites because we don't speak Hebrew, then the Jews can't be Israelites  because they don't speak Hebrew either! Many ministers mistakenly think they do, but most European Jews speak Yiddish, which is a corrupted combination of Russian, Polish, and German. They do use the Hebrew alphabet, but that no more proves they are Hebrews than the Norwegian's use  of the Roman alphabet proves they are Italians. The Jews in Palestine are  attempting to teach Hebrew, but with little success.

Second : The argument that writing from left to right proves we are not Hebrews is  specious. Some claim no nation ever changed its writing that way; but if they would took up the term "boustrophedon" in the Encyclopedia or any large dictionary, they would find it means a style of writing where the lines alternate, right to left, then left to right, and that the Greeks used that style in ancient times, as did the Egyptians, and at one time, even the Irish and the Norsemen. Now they have all changed, although opponents of our Israel identity continue to insist no nation  ever changed its style of writing!

Third : Most mistakenly believe there was only one Hebrew language, but there were  three. The first  was known as Sinai Hebrew; then came the Phoenician Hebrew; and then after the Babylonian Captivity, the Tribe of Judah used what is now called Assyrian Hebrew.

From early examples, it appears the earliest was written from left to right, and later from right to left! So, early in their Palestine sojourn, they changed their language and style of writing; and  every Bible translator knows that at the time of Christ, the Israelites in Jerusalem spoke Aramaic,  a third change in less than 2,000 years! To insist the English‑speaking peoples cannot be Israelites because they do not speak  the ancient Hebrew or write from right to left is an utterly nonsensical argument.

Finally : The English language is still similar enough to the ancient Hebrew that it must be the ancestor tongue of English! Here are a few testimonies given in Pastor Ewing's lecture:

Rev. Jacob Tomlin of England, in A Comparative Vocabulary of 48 Languages, wrote there was a close affinity between Hebrew and English, not only in words, but in the arrangement of ideas and the structure of sentences.

William Tyndale, one of the great Reformers and a translator of the original Hebrew and Greek manuscripts into the English Language, said the Hebrew agreed more closely with the English than it did with the Latin.

Ferrar Fenton, who translated the Fenton Bible, once wrote a letter to the famous Professor Totten in which Fenton stated that while he was yet an unbeliever, his thorough studies of the ancient languages, including Hebrew, had convinced him the Welsh language was closely aligned with Hebrew and that the English‑ speaking peoples must be racially aligned with the Hebrews!

Pastor Ewing gave much more information to prove the amazing similarity between Hebrew and English and then concluded his lecture with the statement that since English was rapidly becoming the official trade and political language of all nations, the English language may well be the fulfilling of the promise of God to Israel in Zephaniah 3:9, For then will I turn to the people a pure language, that they may all call upon the name of the Lord, to serve Him with one consent.

If it is God's purpose to make English the universal language, that would explain the desperate attempts of the enemies of God and America to make our nation bi‑lingual by bringing in Spanish, French (in Canada), even Indian languages, and Swahili for the Blacks. They are attempting to frustrate God's purpose, but they will not be successful, just as their attempts to destroy America shall fail.

One final comment on language. Some years ago the American networks televised the investiture of Prince Charles of England as the Prince of Wales. At one point a TV commentator asked Sir Richard Burton of Wales a question about the Welsh people and in his answer Sir Richard included this phrase, "the ancient Welsh language is almost pure Hebrew." Millions of Americans heard that ‑ further testimony to God's Saxon Race of their Hebrew ancestry.

 

Peter Tells Israel of Christ

We once read a printed article from a minister in which he attempted to prove that the Anglo‑ Saxon and kindred peoples could not be the descendants of the tribes of Israel. Among the many foolish arguments he used were the two following statements:

1). "The Bible knows no lost tribes, and

2). The News Testament writers knew nothing about the ten lost tribes."

Since we have already seen that the Old Testament writers wrote in detail about the ten tribes that went into the Assyrian Captivity, let us now turn to the New Testament to see just one of the many instances that prove the Apostles knew of the lost house of Israel in the dispersion.

In 1 Peter 2:9, where Peter is writing to the strangers scattered in what is now Turkey, he says, But ye are a chosen generation [creation], a royal priesthood, an holy nation, a peculiar people. In these sentences Peter uses the words that are God's names for His Israel People in the Old Testament in Deuteronomy 10:15; Psalm 135:4; Isaiah 41:8; Exodus 19:5, and many others. It is obvious that Peter knew he was writing to Israelites!

Then in the very next verse Peter identifies them as the descendants of the Israelites of the Assyrian Captivity by this remarkable identification, which in time past were not a people, but are now a people of God: which had not obtained mercy, but now have obtained mercy. Peter used almost the exact words of the prophet Hosea, who wrote the following Words of God to the House of Israel: And I will have mercy upon her that had not obtained mercy; and I will say to them which were not My people, thou art My people. [206]

Peter knew the old Scriptures, both the history and the prophecies concerning Israel. He knew Christ had now come and redeemed the lost sheep of the house of Israel. Peter and the other Apostles preached Jesus to Israelites and converted them to be disciples (followers) by the thousands, and the Israelite disciples were called Christians first in Antioch. [207] The children of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob had again become God's people.

Israel’s New Name

When the converted Israelites were first called Christians, yet another prophecy to Israel began its fulfillment. Seven hundred years before Jesus died on the Cross to redeem His People, the Prophet Isaiah wrote that Israel was to be called by a new name, which the mouth of the Lord shall name, and that God would call His servants [Israel] by another name. [208]

Moses, seven hundred years before Isaiah, had written the Words of the Lord that the sons of Aaron (descendants of Aaron) shall put My name upon the children of Israel; and I will bless them. [209] These two prophecies, written seven hundred years apart, were fulfilled in Acts 11:26 over nineteen hundred years ago when Christ's name was named on our Israel Race. Yet blind ministers of today are still looking for Israel fulfillment in a religious sect and people which say they are Jews and continue to this day to blaspheme and deride the God of Israel, our Jesus Christ. The whole world has known us as the Christian Race or people for centuries, yet the ministers refuse to believe. What darkness they labor in when they should have the more sure word of prophecy...as unto a light that shineth in a dark place. [210]

Paul, The “Gentiles” At Rome, and Hosea

In the ninth chapter of his letter to the Roman Christians, Paul also identified the gentiles as Israelites by quoting Hosea in a manner similar to Peter (verses 25 and 26).

Before quoting Hosea, he wrote, And that He might make known the riches of His Glory on the vessels of mercy [Israel], which He had afore prepared unto glory [showing the predestination of Israel, or "the choosing"], even us [Paul was an Israelite], whom He hath called, not of the Jews [ioudaios or Judeans] only, but also of the Gentiles [ethnos or nations or tribes ‑ See Strong's Concordance]. (verses 23‑24)

Paul here showed us he included both "ioudaios," or those in Judea, and those NOT in Judea, but in the "nations." Paul used the next two verses of Romans 9 to quote Hosea 2:23 and Hosea 1:10, As He saith also in Osee [Hosea], I will call them My people, which were not My people; and her beloved, which was not beloved. And it shall come to pass, that in the place where it was said unto them, Ye are not My people; there shall they be called the children of the living God.

Paul quoted Hosea to prove that those to whom he was writing were cast‑off Israel, the ones who were formerly not My people but had now been redeemed and returned to God as His children again.

In the first verse of Chapter Seven, Paul says of the Romans to whom he was writing, for I speak to them that know the law. If they were non‑Israelites and had never been part of Israel, how would they have known the Law of God? Only Israel was ever given the Law. [211]

All the letters in the New Testament have proof within them that the writers knew they were addressing Racial Israelites, called by them "ethnos" and translated gentiles. They were obviously the descendants of dispersed Israel. [212]

The Epistles are understandable only as you see they were written to those who were acquainted with the "Law and the Prophets" ‑ the House of Israel.

Some Romans Were British!

Those who insist upon believing the theory of "Jewish‑Israel" are invited to read the book by Pastor Sheldon Emry, "Paul and Joseph of Arimathea, Missionaries To 'The Gentiles.'" In it is shown from ancient historical sources that most of the Christians at Rome, to whom Paul wrote and with whom he worked while in Rome, were British. Early Church historians knew of this, and it was recorded in their writings of the early Roman Church.

Claudia, mentioned in 2 Timothy 4:21, was the daughter of a British King and had been brought to Rome as a hostage during one of the campaigns by Roman legions into Britain. She later married Pudens, mentioned in the same verse, who was a Roman officer; and it was in their house that Paul preached while in Rome.

She was a Christian before she left Britain, having been converted under the ministry of the Apostles who went there with Joseph of Arimathea within ten years of the Resurrection of our Lord Jesus Christ. They went to the lost sheep of the house of Israel in England, of which Claudia was one.

Such historical information as this was in American school textbooks less than 70 years ago. Today, it is taught in neither the public schools nor in the seminaries because, as quoted from the book, Paul and Joseph, "To know and to teach the glorious history of our Race would reveal both our Christian, and our Israelite, ancestry. That, the enemies of America do not want."

1900 Years of Fulfillment of Prophecy

The fulfillment of many other prophecies to Israel is in the history of our Race in the last 1900 years. Christ came to the lost sheep of the house of Israel, and we have become the great Christian Race, the multitude of people and the many nations that were promised to come from the seed of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob. [213]

We are the people upon whom God has bestowed the arts, sciences, inventions, literary genius, discovery, exploration, colonization, productivity, agricultural abundance, and a simple compassion for the other people of the earth. We have distributed bountifully of our machinery, food, and knowledge. We alone have carried the Word of God to the ends of the earth and have truly been those of whom God said to Abraham, in thy seed shall all the nations [peoples] of the earth be blessed. A sincere student of world conditions should find it fearful to contemplate a world that had never known the White Race.

In spite of our many faults and weaknesses, of which we are reminded daily by the propagandists in politics, press, pulpit, and schoolroom, our Race is the finest and noblest of all the earth. We say that, not in disdain of the rest of God's Creation, but in humble awe of the faith of our father Abraham, who believed in the Lord: and He counted it to him for righteousness. The faith of Abraham and the faithfulness of the God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob-Israel has brought to pass, A little one shall become a thousand, and a small one a strong nation: I the Lord will hasten it in His time. [214]

Even partial obedience to His Laws brought partial fulfillment of God's purpose with Israel, as spoken by Moses to our forefathers in the wilderness, to make thee high above all nations which He hath made, in praise, and in name, and in honor; and that thou mayest be an holy people unto the Lord thy God, as He hath spoken. [215] This cannot even remotely be found in the Jews. But it has come to pass; in the Anglo‑ Saxon and kindred people and it awaits yet an even greater fulfillment in us.

The Heathen Shall See My Judgment

                                                                                                             

Now, it appears, we have come to the end of the age, the end of "the age of grace." That great day of God Almighty, as the Prophets described it.

We have read in Ezekiel 38 that these heathen armies under Meshech, or Moscow, would be many people and like a cloud to cover the land of Israel, which by description proves to be America and Europe. That invasion is already under way, but God promises their destruction. Thou shalt fall upon the mountains of Israel, thou, and all thy bands, and the people that is with thee; I will give thee unto the ravenous birds of every sort, and to the beasts of the field to be devoured. [216]

In verse 9 God says it will take seven years to burn their weapons, and in verse 12 it will take seven months to bury the slain! In verse 21 God shows why He will bring this great slaughter upon the enemies of America-Israel, And I will set My Glory among the heathen, and all the heathen shall see My judgment that I have executed, and My hand that I have laid upon them. [217]

Our enemies have refused to hear the Word of the Lord as it has been preached to them for the last 2000 years by Israel, and now God's judgment will fall. The heathen figure very prominently in this battle at the end of this age. In Ezekiel 30:2‑3 we read, Son of man, prophesy and say, thus saith the Lord God; Howl ye, Woe worth the day! For the day is near, even the day of the Lord is near, a cloudy day; it shall be the time of the heathen.

The Enemy Destroyed With The Fire of My Jealousy

Going from Bible prophecy to current history, we can see that there is one goal from which the left‑wing, anti‑American forces in the nation, and in the United Nations, never deviate. That goal, no matter how they phrase it, or how adroitly they attempt to hide it, is to place money and government power in the hands of atheists, aliens, and the heathen. Secret and open enemies call for "equality for all the races," promote and praise non‑ Whites or non‑Israelites, and continually insult and downgrade the true Israel of God.

"Liberal" writers and commentators, who are mostly of "Jewish" ancestry, have propagandized our people for more than 75 years through newspapers, movies, magazines, radio, and now television and school textbooks to elect or to accept appointed Blacks and other Racial aliens in ruling positions. Proliferating "civil rights" and "equal opportunity."

Federal agencies, armed with new dictatorial powers, are requiring state agencies, schools, hospitals, public utilities, our military services, and private businesses to promote Blacks and other non‑Israelite peoples to authority and power over Whites.

White, Anglo‑Saxon Israelites know instinctively that mixing with other races is wrong, but the news media and their church and political leaders continually propagandize them that any separation of the races is "un‑Christian" and "un‑American." If they knew they were Israelites, they would know God commanded them to be segregated from all the other races [218] and to elect only members of their own race to rule over them. [219]

Instead they obey their ministers of Baal and politicians and sin against God. Subsidized bastardy of the Blacks on welfare and changes in our immigration laws, which are allowing a mass influx of Blacks and other aliens into the U.S. are increasing their numbers in our larger cities to the extent that they are now being elected to political control of major cities. The attitude of aliens in political office has traditionally been anti‑Christian, yet our so‑called ministers refuse to face up to that realization.

They play the role of the three monkeys, they cover their eyes, their ears and mouth so that they cannot see what is happening; so they cannot hear the truth; and so they cannot tell God's truth to their flocks. Further loss of control by Whites is being accomplished by a well‑planned, massive propaganda campaign on "over‑population."

Birth control, free abortions (murder of the unborn children), sterilization, and related programs are now showing success for the enemy by reducing the White birthrate. Colored, and other aliens, generally ignore the propaganda and continue to breed. Most White Americans are unaware of the danger of this major shift from an Anglo‑ Saxon controlled society to an alien‑dominated government and are unable to view it as an actual form of conquest. Did God foresee it? We believe that He did.

Communist Conquest Described 2,500 Years Ago

About 2,500 years ago, another prophet of God prophesied of the Asiatic control of the heathen and their infiltration into and attempted conquest of the Anglo‑Saxon/Israel nations. The account is found in Joel 2. Joel wrote about 2 ½ days ago as God reckons time. Blow ye the trumpet in Zion, and sound an alarm in My holy mountain: let all the inhabitants of the land

tremble.

Since Zion and My holy mountain refer to God's holy nation, God is saying in effect, "Blow ye the trumpet in America...in My holy nation." For the day of the Lord cometh, for it is nigh at hand; A day of darkness and of gloominess, a day of clouds and of thick darkness, as the morning spread upon the mountains.

Then Joel describes the Communists. A great people and a strong; there hath not been ever the like, neither shall be any more after it, even to the years of many generations. A fire devoureth before them; and behind them a flame burneth...and behind them a desolate wilderness; yea, and nothing shall escape them. Is not this a literal, graphic, description of the Communist Empire with its slave camps, its poverty‑stricken people, its famine, its barbed‑wire and mine‑field borders, and its murder of all who attempt escape?

A strong people set in battle array. All of the Communist power and propaganda is directed as a general would direct his armies in battle, as a war against Christendom and Christ's People. Communists continually tell their own people they are "at war."

Before their faces the people shall be much pained [hurt]: all faces shall gather blackness [not understand]. They shall run like mighty men [rule nations]; they shall climb the wall like men of war [enter into our government, but still be enemies]; and they shall march every one on his ways, and they shall not break their ranks [discipline]: neither shall one thrust another [Communists almost never criticize or expose other Communists]; they shall walk every one in his path [do their assigned jobs]: and when they fall upon the sword, they shall not be wounded. (This last verse may mean that exposure as a Communist will not hurt them, as is certainly true in America; in fact, it is common for them to receive promotions to better paying jobs after they have given evidence of their dedication to the Communist cause).

The earth shall quake before them; the heavens shall tremble: the sun and the moon shall be dark, and the stars shall withdraw their shining. This verse is the same as Christ's prophecy of Matthew 24:29. It is most probable that sun, moon, and stars here signify the eclipse of Israel power, for Joseph had a dream in which he saw Israel represented by the sun, moon, and stars. [220] The power and prestige of true Israel are disappearing all over the world and are rapidly being reduced to the vanishing point right here in America. To read the newspapers and consider the aim of government, you might begin to get the idea that none but aliens and non‑Whites are of any concern or importance in America.

What Are We To Do?

And what are we as God's Chosen People supposed to do as these things begin to come to pass? The same Prophet gives the answer. Therefore also now, saith the Lord, turn ye even to Me with all your heart, and with fasting, and with weaping, and with mourning: and rend your heart, and not your garments and turn unto the Lord your God: for He is gracious and merciful, slow to anger, and of great kindness, and repenteth Him of the evil. Who knoweth if he will return and repent, and leave a blessing behind him; even a meat offering and a drink offering unto the Lord your God. [221] Do these verses say that we are to organize so‑called "anti‑Communist" groups and fight to expose the Communists? Not necessarily. God says we are to repent and turn to Him; and who knows, maybe the enemy will even repent and leave; but we must turn to God first! And our people do not wish to hear the truth anyway, A wonderful and horrible thing is committed in the land; The prophets prophesy falsely [ministers], and the priests [elected officials] bear rule by their means; and my people love to  have it so. [222]

And turning to the Lord means America [Collectively] must turn to God's Word, the Bible. It means we must obey the Word of the Lord. And how can we obey, if we do not know what the Lord has said? It is probably that our nation will soon be forced to do exactly what God instructs us to do in this same chapter. This prophecy is for the nation; as well as for the individual.

Blow The Trumpet in Zion

God goes on, through the prophet Joel, to tell the inhabitants what to do. Blow the trumpet in Zion. The trumpet in prophecy is God's Word, i.e., "Preach God’s Word in America!"

Sanctify a fast, [223] call a solemn assembly: Gather the people, sanctify the congregation, assemble the elders, gather the children, and those that suck the breasts [the whole nation is to be told]; let the bridegroom go forth of his chamber, and the bride out of her closet. What a gathering there will be in the churches of America (but only with true ministers) when this day comes! And we believe those last phrases have to do with the coming marriage supper of the lamb.

Joel writes on ‑ Let the priests, the ministers of the Lord (not the false ministers of Organized Religion who are ministers of the devil!), weep between the porch and the altar, and let them say...And then God give the true ministers of Israel a 30‑word prayer, one word for every piece of silver that betrayed our Lord Jesus Christ to His Jewish executioners. God's true Israel ministers must pray this prayer before God will strike to destroy the enemies. 

17. Spare thy people, O Lord, and give not thine heritage to reproach, that the heathen should rule over them: wherefore should they say among the people, where is their God?       

We shall ask Christ not to let the heathen rule over us, for we are His heritage, and it is a reproach that we have let any but our brethren take church or government offices to rule over us. We shall pray that prayer sometime before God moves with great violence upon the enemies of Christ. And it is obvious it can never be prayed by ministers, or Christians, who still think that “the Jews are Israel."

The Heathen Shall See

After this battle and God's Divine intervention to destroy the people who have invaded America, the heathen will come to fear God in a matter of days. As well meaning as missionaries to the heathen are, they should be among the first to admit that their results are and have been very disappointing.

If they understood the true identity of Israel, they would know that the Scripture does not warrant their hopes of converting the heathen by preaching the Gospel to them. But thinking that we White Caucasians are a non‑Israel Race and seeing how the Gospel of Jesus Christ was accepted by us and the difference it has made in our civilization, they mistakenly assume the same will happen in other Races. Such is not the case, as has been abundantly prove in 250 years of missionary works among the heathen. The White Caucasians are Israel, and God prophesied they would become Christian. Many have, and more will. But He has made it exceedingly clear that the heathen, non‑Israel Races will be converted to Jesus Christ only after this great, end‑time battle so vividly described by the Prophets has come to pass. Then the heathen shall know that I am the Lord, the Holy One in Israel. [224] And even then some will not accept Him, as is testified to in Revelations 21 and 22.

The following verses show that after Christ has taken over His Kingdom, there will be those who do not believe living outside of New Jerusalem.

24. And the nations of them which are saved shall walk in the light of it: and the kings of the earth do bring  their glory and honor into it...And there shall in no wise enter into it any thing that defileth, neither  whatsoever worketh abomination, or maketh a lie: but they which are written in the Lamb's book of life.

14. Blessed are they that do his commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city.

15. For without are dogs, and sorcerers, and whoremongers, and murderers, and idolaters, and whosoever loveth and maketh a lie.

However, after this battle and God's Divine intervention to destroy the people who have invaded America, the heathen will come to fear God in a matter of days!

Israel Identity The Key to Bible Understanding

Many sincere Christian people are praying for revival in America. But revival cannot come as long as our preachers insist we are not God's Israel People.

The Israel identity is the key to Bible understanding today. The past history of our Race, and the position we find ourselves in today, cannot be understood except through knowledge of our Israel ancestry!

Ministers, and others (news media for one), who teach the false doctrine that "the Jews are God's Chosen People" are doing more to hurt America and to bring destruction on our children than anyone else in the nation.

It may not seem so to shallow Christians, but by their preaching of this "tradition" they have made the Word of God of non‑effect. The Bible is not understood by the vast majority of Americans today.

If our young people could see that the God of the Bible wrote the history of our Race thousands of years before it came to pass, no Socialist/Communist teacher, no atheist professor, no cunning writer of Bible "commentaries," could prevent them from believing the Bible to be the Word of God. God's Word is Truth; and the identity of the true Israel of God opens up the Bible as no other doctrine can. Ministers who hide, and oppose, this Truth will be called into account before God for their great deception.

Woe Unto The Foolish Ministers

God has quite a condemnation for ministers who lie to and mislead our people. Turn to Ezekiel 13. For clarity we will insert the word "minister" where the text reads prophet. "And the Word of the Lord came unto me saying, son of man, prophesy against the 'ministers' of Israel that prophesy, and say thou unto them that prophesy out of their own hearts, Hear ye the Word of the Lord; Thus saith the Lord God; Woe unto the foolish 'ministers,' that follow their own spirit, and have seen nothing! O Israel, thy 'ministers' are like the foxes in the deserts. Ye have not gone up into the gaps [breaches], neither made up [built up] the hedge for the house of Israel to stand in the battle in the day of the Lord." (verses 1‑5)

God is saying that His People, the House of Israel, are NOT prepared for the day of the Lord, and God lays the blame on the ministers! Yes, and no wonder ‑ for in spite of the overwhelming evidence from both history and prophecy of our identity, most ministers absolutely refuse to admit it, and many denounce Christians Identity Ministers, who teach the Identity Truth to our people.

They [the ministers] have seen lying divination, saying, the Lord saith: and the Lord hath not sent them. They are NOT prophets of the Lord, although they say they are and our people believe them. And they have made others to hope that they would confirm the Word. They have convinced many people they are confirming the Word of the Lord. They have preached that God is confirming His promises to Israel in old Palestine with a people who call themselves "Jews," and it is NOT so. They are teaching false doctrines, and the Lord hath not sent them.

We would like to comment here that many radio stations, including many of those operating as "Christian Radio Stations," have consistently refused, over the years, to allow Christian Identity Ministers, who teach the Anglo‑Saxon Identity of Israel, to purchase time on their stations. Those who preach "the Jews are Israel" and "Russia will invade Palestine" are sold time while Identity Ministers are refused. Many millions of Christian radio listeners never hear the Biblical truth about Israel, nor do they even know of the refusal by Christian radio stations to all them to broadcast. Much is made of "fairness," and the idea that "all sides must be heard," and "no discrimination," but apparently these don't apply to Christian Identity Preachers!

False Prophets to Be Banished

God's judgment against those who lie to His Israel People is exile from the land. Therefore, thus saith the Lord God: Because ye have spoken vanity [falsehoods], and seen lies, therefore, behold, I am against you, saith the Lord God. and Mine hand shall be upon the "ministers" that see vanity and that divine lies: they shall not be in the assembly of My people, neither shall they be written in the writing of the House of Israel, neither shall they enter into the land of Israel; and ye shall know that I am the Lord God. [225]

In the New Testament we have a similar prophecy spoken directly by our Lord Jesus, Not every one that saith unto Me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven; but he that doeth the Will of My Father which is in heaven. Many will say to Me in that day, Lord, Lord, have we not prophesied in Thy Name? [And they do prophesy using Christ's Name]. And in Thy Name have cast out devils? And in Thy Name done many wonderful works? [Christ does not deny that they have done things in His Name, but here is His answer to them]. And then will I profess unto them. I never knew you: depart from Me, ye that work iniquity. [226] What a judgment to pronounce on those who deny the Truth of God's Holy Word and teach falsehoods!

The Last Battle

This great end‑time battle we have been reading about, in which all the forces of World‑ Communism will be destroyed and God's Israel delivered, will bring about the end of this Age and the ushering in of the great Kingdom Age upon the earth. It will be the mightiest and most destructive war ever fought upon this planet earth. And thou son of man, thus saith the Lord God; Speak unto every feathered fowl, and to every beast of the field, Assemble yourselves, and come; gather yourselves on every side to My sacrifice that I do sacrifice for you, even a great sacrifice upon the mountains of Israel [America and the other White Christian nations of the Western world], that ye may eat flesh and drink blood. Ye shall eat the flesh of the mighty, and drink the blood of the princes of the earth [the rulers of the earth]. [227] This is obviously physical destruction of those described as the enemies of Christ.

The Battle Will Be So Fierce

The Heathen (Strangers) Will Flee to Their Own Land

"And I will punish the world for their evil, and the wicked for their  iniquity; and I will cause the arrogance of the proud to cease, and will lay low the haughtiness of the terrible. I will make a man more precious than  fine gold; even a man than the golden wedge of Ophir. Therefore I will shake the heavens, and the earth shall remove out of her place, in the wrath of the Lord of hosts, and in the day of his fierce anger. And it shall be as  the chased roe, and as a sheep that no man taketh up: they shall every man turn to his own people, and flee every one into his own land." [228]

"Cut off the sower from Babylon, and him that handleth the sickle (Russia) in the time of harvest: for fear of the oppressing sword (Battle) they shall turn every one to his people, and they shall flee every one to his own land." [229]

Thus ye shall be filled at My table with horses and chariots, with mighty men, and with all men of war, saith the Lord God. (verse 20) The next two verses show that we are now at the end of the age, And I will set My Glory among the heathen, and all the heathen shall see My judgment that I have executed and My hand that I have laid upon them. so the house of Israel shall know that I am the Lord their God from that day forward. (verses 21‑22)

Jeremiah wrote of the end‑time battle, Thus saith the Lord of hosts, Behold, evil shall go forth from nation to nation, and a great whirlwind shall be raised up from the coasts of the earth. And the slain of the Lord shall be at that day from one end of the earth even unto the other end of the earth: "They shall not be lamented, neither gathered, nor buried; they shall be dung upon the ground."[230]

The Book of Revelation describes Christ's entry into this last battle. And I saw heaven opened, and behold a white horse; and He that sat upon him was called Faithful and True, and in righteousness doth judge and make war. [231]

Isn't it strange how much preaching there is on the false doctrine that Christ will come and "rapture" the Christians off the earth, and how little on Christ's coming to judge and made war and rid the earth of the wicked?

After naming the rider the Word of God, the writer goes on, And the armies which were in heaven followed Him upon white horses, clothed in fine linen, white and clean. And out of His mouth goeth a sharp sword [His Word], that with it He should smite the nations: And He shall rule them with a rod of iron: And He treadeth the winepress of the fierceness and wrath of Almighty God. And He hath on His vesture and on His thigh a Name written, King of kings, and Lord of Lords. (verses 14‑16)

The next two verses parallel Ezekiel's strange description of the destruction of the armies of World Communism, And I saw an angel standing in the sun; and he cried with a loud voice, saying to all the fowls that fly in the midst of heaven, Come and gather yourselves together unto the supper of the great God: That ye may eat the flesh of kings, and the flesh of captains, and the flesh of mighty men, and the flesh of horses and of them that sit on them, and the flesh of all men, both free and bond, both small and great. [232]

Jesus also told the story in the parable of the tares and the wheat, So shall it be in the end of this world. The Son of man shall send forth His angels, and they shall gather out of His kingdom [out of His kingdom nations of Israel] all things that offend, and them which do iniquity; and shall cast them into a furnace of fire: there shall be wailing and gnashing of teeth.  [233]


[1] Daniel 11:40

[2] marginal note “b” and verse 40

[3] Marginal notes i.e, and f

[4] Marginal note “e”

[5] Ezekiel 38:22

[6] Revelation 6 and 11

[7] Ezekiel 13:20-23

[8] Strong’s Concordance #109

[9] Strong’s Concordance #109

[10] Luke 17:36

[11] Matthew 13:41

[12] Matthew 24:13

[13] Philippians 1:29

[14] Traité méthodique de magic Pratique, Papus (Dr. Gerard Encausse)

[15] Hoëné Wronski, Direction of the Destinies of the Earth

[16] Hoëné Wronski, Participation in Creation

[17] Reciprocal Influences between the Visible and Invisible World, Hoëné Wronski

[18] The Directing Power - the Invisibles or Earthly Beings, Hoënné Wronski; Light-Bearers of Darkness, Inquire Within, The Christian Book Club of America, Hawthorne, California

[19] Hoëné Wronski, The Directing Power - the Invisibles or Earthly Beings; Light-bearers of Darkness, Inquire Within, pp. 3-4

[20] Mrs. Nesta Webster, Secret Societies and Subversive Movements

[21] Mrs. Nesta Webster, Secret Societies and Subversive Movements

[22] Mrs. Nesta Webster, Secret Societies and Subversive Movements

[23] R.I.S.S., Haute Maconnerie

[24] R.I.S.S., Haute Maconnerie; Light-Bearers of Darkness, The Overshadowing Power, Inquire Within, p. 6

[25] Original Writings of the Order of the Illuminati, Zwach - former Councillor of the Bavarian Government; Light-Bearers of Darkness, Inquire Within, p. 7

[26] Revers de silentio

[27] Revers de silentio

[28] Mrs. Nesta Webster, Secret Societies and Subversive Movements

[29] Mrs. Nesta Webster, Secret Societies and Movements

[30] The Victories of Israel, Roger Lambelin

[31] Bernard Lazare, L'Antisemitism

[32] The Victories of Israel, Roger Lambelin

[33] The Victories of Israel, Roger Lambelin

[34] Esther 9:17

[35] Jonathan Williams, Legions of Satan, (1781)

[36] Les Juifs et le Talmud, M. Flavien Bernier

[37] Les Juifs et le Talmud, M. Flavien Bernier

[38] The Patriot, March 7, 1929

[39] The Patriot

[40] The Patriot, February 2, 1928

[41] Convent, Grand Orient, 1923

[42] Convent, of the Grand Lodge of France, 1922

[43] Convent, Bull. Off. Grand Lodge of France, 1920

[44] Convent, Grand Lodge of France, 1923

[45] Convent, Grand Orient, 1923

[46] Bull. Off. Grand Lodge of France, 1922

[47] Bull. Off. Grand Lodge of France, 1922

[48] Convent, Grand Lodge of France, 1922

[49] Bull, Hebd., 1922." (La Dictature de la Franc-Maçonnerie sur la France, M.A.G. Michel)

[50] Convent, Grand Orient, 1922

[51] Convent, Grand Orient, 1922

[52] Convent, Grand Orient, 1922

[53] Convent, Grand Orient, 1923

[54] Bull. Off. Grand Lodge of France, October 1922, (La Dictature de la Franc-Maçonnerie sur la France, M.A.G. Michel

[55] Les Pharisiens d'autrefois at Ceux d'aujourd'hui, Bishop Dijon

[56] Les Pharisiens d'autrefois at Ceux d'aujourd'hui, Bishop Dijon; Light-Bearers of Darkness, Inquire Within

[57] Mrs. Webster, Secret Societies and Subversive Movements; Light-Bearers of Darkness, Inquire Within

[58] Dialogues aux Enfers, Mr. Graves

[59] Light-Bearers of Darkness, Inquire Within

[60] The Anatomy of Revolution," by G.G., better known as "Dargon," author of "The Nameless Order," was published by the "Patriot," October 1922

[61] The Anatomy of Revolution, G.G., "Dargon,"; Patriot, October 1922; The Trail of the Serpent, Inquire Within, Miss Stoddard

[62] Lexicon of Freemasonry, Albert G. Mackay

[63] Lexicon of Freemasonry, Albert G. Mackay; The Trail of the Serpent, Inquire Within, Miss Stoddard, p. 21

[64] La Kabbale, (1843), Adolphe Franck; Trail of the Serpent, Inquire Within, Miss Stoddard, p. 21

[65] La Kabbale, (1843), Adolphe Franck

[66] La Kabbale, (1843), Adolphe Franck

[67] Traditions of the Elders

[68] Morals and Dogma, Albert Pike, pp. 248-259

[69] Secret Sects of Syria, Springett

[70] L'Antisémitisme, Bernard Lazare

[71] Le Problème Juif, Georges Batault

[72] Reghellini de Schio, The Trail of the Serpent, Inquire Within, Miss Stoddard, p. 29

[73] Studies in Occultism, M. Henri de Guillebert

[74] Practical Magic, Papus

[75] The Great Work, Sadol Movement of California

[76] The Great Work, Sadol Movement

[77] Occultism in Nature

[78] Introduction to Theosophy

[79] Soleil, August 1, 1913

[80] Theosophical Voice, of Chicago, May 1908

[81] Theosophist, February 1908

[82] The Madras Lawsuit; Le Théosophisme, René Guénon

[83] Le Théosophie, October 16, 1912

[84] The Daybreak, August 1913; (Le Théosophisme, René Guénon

[85] Mrs. Besant's Prophecy, A Pamphlet

[86] Le Théosophisme, René Guénon

[87] Study of Hindu Doctrines, 1921, René Guénon

[88] The Daybreak, October 1913

[89] article by Mme. I. de Manziarly, Theosophist, March 1, 1914

[90] Theosophist, August 1, 1913

[91] Le Théosophisme, René Guénon

[92] Krishnamurti as 'World Teacher'!; The Patriot, September, 23, 1926

[93] The Messenger of Krotona, November 1918

[94] Light-Bearers of Darkness, Inquire Within, Miss Stoddard, p. 41

[95] The Herald of the Star, Krishnamurti

[96] Herald of the Star, March 1927

[97] Herald of the Star, December 1926, Rev. Charles Hampton

[98] The Disintegrating Hammer of Thor!

[99] Mme. Blavatsky's Key to Theosophy, 1889

[100] Key to Theosophy

[101] The Key to Theosophy

[102] The Key to Theosophy

[103] Le Théosophisme, René Guénon

[104] The Art Of War, by Sun Tzu ‑ edited by James Clavell

[105] Thomas Jefferson

[106] Lord Acton, Lord Chief Justice of England in 1875

[107] Salmon P. Chase in referring to the National Bank Act of 1862

[108] Congressman Louis T. McFadden in 1933 ‑ before the Bankers had him murdered

[109] Washington Post, 4/25/93

[110] Washington Times, 1/17/93

[111] Washington Times, 3/31/92

[112] Rowland Evans & Robert Novak Column, 11/27/92

[113] The Washington Post, 6/3/93

[114] New York Times, 3/8/93

[115] Human Events, 3/13/93

[116] Tesla-Scalar Electromagnetic Weapons

[117] Washington Times, 5/22/93

[118] Exodus 23:32

[119] 2 Chronicles 19:2

[120] Isaiah 58:6

[121] Revelation 18:11

[122] #6051 Strong's Concordance

[123] #6049 Strong's Concordance

[124] #6828 Strong's Concordance

[125] Benjamin Freeman, Facts Are Facts

[126] Genesis 10:1‑3

[127] 1980 Jewish Almanac, p. 3

[128] H. G. Wells, The Outline of History

[129] The Zionist Connection II, Alfred M. Lilienthal, pages 759‑768

[130] The American Christian, January 1990

[131] Isaiah 52:2‑3

[132] John 6:35

[133] Deuteronomy 28:47‑48

[134] 1 Corinthians 4:11

[135] Protocol Number Six, Article 4‑7

[136] National Bank Act of 1863

[137] Famous Quotes On Money

[138] Acts 5:17‑29

[139] Title 17 1910-1990

[140] #7220 Strong's Concordance

[141] Jeremiah 23:29

[142] Isaiah 10:17

[143] Obadiah 18

[144] Hebrews 1:7

[145] Matthew 13:37‑38

[146] Matthew 13:39‑40

[147] Ezekiel 38:23

[148] Ezekiel 39:7

[149] Ezekiel 38:21

[150] Ezekiel 39:11

[151] #5674 Strong's Concordance

[152] Ezekiel 39:12‑15

[153] Revelation 20:4

[154] Revelation 20:5‑6

[155] Revelation 20:7‑8

[156] Ezekiel 39:17‑20

[157] Genesis 49:9

[158] Genesis 49:11

[159] Genesis 49:14

[160] Genesis 49:21

[161] Genesis 49:22

[162] Genesis 49:27

[163] Numbers 23:24; 24:9

[164] Deuteronomy 33:20

[165] Deuteronomy 33:22

[166] Throughout the Book of Revelation

[167] Jeremiah 12:9

[168] Isaiah 46:11

[169] Jeremiah 16:16

[170] Ezekiel 32:2

[171] Luke 13:32

[172] Matthew 16:11

[173] Ezekiel 39:9‑10

[174] Revelation 18:6‑8, 11

[175] Jeremiah 38:4

[176] Jeremiah 29:24‑32

[177] Jeremiah 28:1‑17

[178] Jeremiah 20:7‑8, 10‑11 ‑‑ Good News Bible

[179] Isaiah 42:19

[180] by Curtis Clair Ewing

[181] Ezekiel 27:13

[182] #4929 Strong's Concordance

[183] Exodus 19:1‑4; Deuteronomy 32:9‑12; Isaiah 40:31; Jeremiah 48:38‑40; 49:20‑22; Hosea 8:1; Revelation 12:14, etc

[184] Los Angeles Herald‑Examiner, Sunday, September 12, 1976

[185] Los Angeles Times, Monday January 24, 1977

[186] #6049 and 6051 Strong's Concordance

[187] Los Angeles Herald‑Examiner, Thursday November 18, 1976

[188] Major Henry Mohr, writing in the New York Tribune

[189] Senator Barry Goldwater, R‑AZ, March 5, 1982, in a letter to then President Reagan

[190] Source: Department of Defense

[191] Amos 3:3

[192] Hosea 10:10

[193] Isaiah 3:4, 12

[194] Deuteronomy 28:43‑44

[195] Ezekiel 39:23

[196] Hebrews 12:6

[197] Ezekiel 38:19

[198] Jeremiah 3:12

[199] Hosea 7:5

[200] Hosea 1:2

[201] Genesis 15:5

[202] Genesis 17:7

[203] Hosea 2:19‑23

[204] Hosea 2:2

[205] See Numbers 6:27; Isaiah 62:2 and 65:15

[206] Hosea 2:23

[207] Acts 11:26

[208] Isaiah 62:2 and 65:15

[209] Numbers 6:22‑27

[210] 2 Peter 1:19

[211] Psalm 147:19‑20

[212] See 1 Cor. 10:1; Galatians 3:13, 24; 4:5; 5:1; Eph. 1:4 and others

[213] Genesis 13:16; 15:5; 17:5‑6; 17:19; 22:17; 24:60; 26:4; 28:3, 14; 32:12; 35:11; 48:1‑19 and others

[214] Isaiah 60:62

[215] Deuteronomy 26:19

[216] Ezekiel 39:4

[217] Ezekiel 39:21

[218] Exodus 19:5; Deuteronomy 7 and others

[219] Deuteronomy 17:15; Joel 2:17, and many other passages

[220] Genesis 37:9‑11

[221] Joel 2:12‑14

[222] Jeremiah 5:30‑31

[223] See Isaiah 58:6‑14

[224] Ezekiel 39:7

[225] Ezekiel 13:8‑9

[226] Matthew 7:21‑23

[227] Ezekiel 39:17‑18

[228] Isaiah 13:11‑14

[229] Jeremiah 50:16

[230] Jeremiah 25:32‑33

[231] Revelation 19:11

[232] Revelation 19:17‑18

[233] Matthew 13:40‑42